ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (243)
  • Maps  (1)
  • 2010-2014  (244)
  • AWI Library  (244)
Collection
  • Books  (243)
  • Maps  (1)
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Series Statement: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham [u.a.] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI S2-14-0040
    In: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: PART 1 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Climate archives, variables and dating. - 1.2 Noise and statistical distribution. - 1.3 Persistence. - 1.4 Spacing. - 1.5 Aim and structure of this book. - 1.6 Background material. - 2 Persistence models. - 2.1 First-Order Autoregressive Model. - 2.1.1 Even spacing. - 2.1.2 Uneven Spacing. - 2.2 Second-Order Autoregressive Model. - 2.3 Mixed Autoregressive Moving Average Model. - 2.4 Other models. - 2.4.1 Long-memory process. - 2.4.2 Nonlinear and non-gaussian models. - 2.5 Climate theory. - 2.5.1 Stochastic climate models. - 2.5.2 Long memory of temperature fluctuations?. - 2.5.3 Long memory of river runoff. - 2.6 Background material. - 2.7 Technical issues. - 3 Bootstrap confidence intervals. - 3.1 Error bars and confidence intervals. - 3.1.1 Theoretical example: Mean estimation of Gaussian White Noise. - 3.1.2 Theoretical example: Standard deviation estimation of Gaussian White Noise. - 3.1.3 Real world. - 3.2 Bootstrap principle. - 3.3 Bootstrap resampling. - 3.3.1 Nonparametric: Moving block bootstrap. - 3.3.2 Parametric: Autoregressive Bootstrap. - 3.3.3 Parametric: Surrogate Data. - 3.4 Bootstrap Confidence Intervals. - 3.4.1 Normal confidence interval. - 3.4.2 Student's t confidence interval. - 3.4.3 Percentile confidence interval. - 3.4.4 BCa Confidence Interval. - 3.5 Examples. - 3.6 Bootstrap hypothesis tests. - 3.7 Notation. - 3.8 Background material. - 3.9 Technical issues. - PART 2 UNIVARIATE TIME SERIES. - 4 Regression I. - 4.1 Linear regression. - 4.1.1 Weighted least-squares and ordinary least-squares estimation. - 4.1.2 Generalized least-squares estimation. - 4.1.3 Other estimation types. - 4.1.4 Classical confidence intervals. - 4.1.5 Bootstrap confidence intervals. - 4.1.6 Monte Carlo Experiments: Ordinary least-squares estimation. - 4.1.7 Timescale errors. - 4.2 Nonlinear regression. - 4.2.1 Climate Transition Model: Ramp. - 4.2.2 Trend-Change Model: Break. - 4.3 Nonparametric regression or smoothing. - 4.3.1 Kernel estimation. - 4.3.2 Bootstrap confidence intervals and bands. - 4.3.3 Extremes or outlier detection. - 4.4 Background material. - 4.5 Technical issues. - 5 Spectral analysis. - 5.1 Spectrum. - 5.1.1 Example: AR(1) process, discrete time. - 5.1.2 Example: AR(2) process, discrete time. - 5.1.3 Physical meaning. - 5.2 Spectral estimation. - 5.2.1 Periodogram. - 5.2.2 Welch's overlapped segment averaging. - 5.2.3 Multitaper estimation. - 5.2.4 Lomb-Scargle estimation. - 5.2.5 Peak detection: red-noise hypthesis. - 5.2.6 Example: Peaks in monsoon spectrum. - 5.2.7 Aliasing. - 5.2.8 Timescale errors. - 5.2.9 Example: Peaks in monsoon spectrum (continued). - 5.3 Background material. - 5.4 Technical Issues. - 6 Extreme value time series. - 6.1 Data types. - 6.1.1 Event times. - 6.1.2 Peaks over threshold. - 6.1.3 Block extremes. - 6.1.4 Remarks on data selection. - 6.2 Stationary models. - 6.2.1 Generalized extreme value distribution. - 6.2.2 Generalized pareto distribution. - 6.2.3 Bootstrap confidence intervals. - 6.2.4 Example: Elbe summer floods, 1852-2002. - 6.2.5 Persisitence. - 6.2.6 Remark: Tail estimation. - 6.2.7 Remark: Optimal estimation. - 6.3 Nonstationary models. - 6.3.1 Time-dependent generalized extreme value distribution. - 6.3.2 Inhomogenous poisson process. - 6.3.3 Hybrid: Poisson-Extreme value distribution. - 6.4 Sampling and time spacing. - 6.5 Background material. - 6.6 Technical issues. - PART 3 BIVARIATE TIME SERIES. - 7. Correlation. - 7.1 Pearson's Correlation Coefficient. - 7.1.1 Remark: Alternative correlation measures. - 7.1.2 Classical confidence intervals, nonpersistent processes. - 7.1.3 Bivariate time series models. - 7 .1.4 Classical Confidence Intervals, Persistent Processes. - 7.1.5 Bootstrap Confidence Intervals. - 7.2 Spearman's Rank Correlation Coefficient. - 7.2.1 Classical Confidence Intervals, Nonpersistent Processes. - 7.2.2 Classical Confidence Intervals, Persistent Processes. - 7.2.3 Bootstrap Confidence Intervals. - 7.3 Monte Carlo Experiments. - 7.4 Example: Elbe Runoff Variations. - 7.5 Unequal Timescales. - 7.5.1 Binned Correlation. - 7.5.2 Synchrony Correlation. - 7.5.3 Monte Carlo Experiments. - 7.5.4 Example: Vostok Ice Core Records. - 7.6 Background Material. - 7. 7 Technical Issues. - 8 Regression II. - 8.1 Linear Regression. - 8.1.1 Ordinary Least-Squares Estimation. - 8.1.2 Weighted Least-Squares for Both Variables Estimation. - 8.1.3 Wald-Bartlett Procedure. - 8.2 Bootstrap Confidence lntervals. - 8.2.1 Simulating Incomplete Prior Knowledge. - 8.3 Monte Carlo Experiments. - 8.3.1 Easy Setting. - 8.3.2 Realistic Setting: Incomplete Prior Knowledge. - 8.3.3 Dependence on Accuracy of Prior Knowledge. - 8.3.4 Mis-Specified Prior Knowledge. - 8.4 Example: Climate Sensitivity. - 8.5 Prediction. - 8.5.1 Example: Calibration of a Proxy Variable. - 8.6 Lagged Regression. - 8.6.1 Example: CO2 and Temperature Variations in the Pleistocene. - 8.7 Background Material. - 8.8 Technical Issues. - PART 4 OUTLOOK. - 9 Future Directions. - 9 .1 Timescale Modeling. - 9.2 Novel Estimation Problems. - 9.3 Higher Dimensions. - 9.4 Climate Models. - 9.4.1 Fitting Climate Models to Observations. - 9.4.2 Forecasting with Climate Models. - 9.4.3 Design of the Cost Function. - 9.4.4 Climate Model Bias. -9.5 Optimal Estimation. - 9.6 Background Material. - References. - Author Index. - Subject Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate is a paradigm of a complex system. Analysing climate data is an exciting challenge, which is increased by non-normal distributional shape, serial dependence, uneven spacing and timescale uncertainties. This book presents bootstrap resampling as a computing-intensive method able to meet the challenge. It shows the bootstrap to perform reliably in the most important statistical estimation techniques: regression, spectral analysis, extreme values and correlation. This book is written for climatologists and applied statisticians. It explains step by step the bootstrap algorithms (including novel adaptions) and methods for confidence interval construction. It tests the accuracy of the algorithms by means of Monte Carlo experiments. It analyses a large array of climate time series, giving a detailed account on the data and the associated climatological questions.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxxii, 454 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2nd ed.
    ISBN: 9783319044491
    Series Statement: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library 51
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: AWI G5-14-0018
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 2 Chinese loess and the east-asian monsoon. - 3 Asian monsoon variability recorded in other archives. - 4 Asian dust, eolian iron and black carbon-connections to climate changes. - 5 Mammalian evolution in asia linked to climate changes. - 6 Late cenozoic climate change in monsoon-arid Asia and global changes. - Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first of its kind on environmental change research devoted to monsoon-arid environment evolution history and its mechanism involved. Capturing the most prominent features of Asian climate and environmental changes, it gives a comprehensive review of the Asian monsoon records providing evidence for spatial and temporal climatic and environmental changes across the Asian continent since the Last Cenozoic. The dynamics underlying these changes are explored based on various bio-geological records and in particular based on the evidence of loess, speleothems as well as on mammal fossils. The Asian monsoon-arid climate system which quantifies the controlling mechanisms of climate change and the way it operates in different time scales is described. Attempts to differentiate between natural change and human-induced effects, which will help guide policies and countermeasures designed to support sustainable developement on the Chinese loess plateau and the arid west.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 587 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9789400778160
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 16
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: ZSP-119-16
    In: Altenburger naturwissenschaftliche Forschungen
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Einleitung. - 2. Geologischer und Stratigrafischer Hintergrund. - 3. Charakteristik und Taphonomie der Fossillagerstätte. - 4. Material und Methode. - 5. Paläobotanische Untersuchungen an einer obereozänen Flora ausdem Liegendton des Flöz lll - Systematischer Teil. - 5.1 Abteilung Pteridophyta; Classis Pteridopsida. - 5.1.1 Familia Blechnaceae. - 5.1.2 Familia Osmundaceae. - 5.1.3 Pteridopsida gen. et spec. indet. - 5.1.4 Pteridopsida vel Monocotyledonae. - 5.2 Abteilung Gymnospermae; Classis Coniferopsida. - 5.2.1 Familia Cupressaceae . - 5.3 Abteilung Angiospermae; Classis Dicotyledonae. - 5.3.1 Familia Ericaceae. - 5.3.2 Familia Fagaceae. - 5.3.3 Familia Lauraceae. - 5.3.4 Familia Loranthaceae . - 5.3.5 Familia Myrtaceae. - 5.3.6 Familia Rutaceae. - 5.3.7 Familia Theaceae. - 5.3.8 Dicotyledonae inc. fam. - 5.3.9 Dicotyledonae gen. et spec. indet. - ..5.4 Abteilung Angiospermae; Classis Monocotyledonae. - 5.4.1 Familia Arecaceae . - 5.4.2 Monocotyledonae gen. et spec. indet. - 6. Einordnung in den Florenkomplex Zeitz . - 6.1 Charakteristik des Zeitzer Florenkomplex. - 6.2 Vergleich mit den obereozänen Makroflorenfundstellen deszentralen Weißelsterbeckens. - 7. Paläoökologie und Paläophytosoziologie. - 7.1 Waldgemeinschaft und Phytozönose der bearbeiteten Flora.
    Description / Table of Contents: Aus dem Tagebau Schleenhain (südlich von Leipzig) ist eine Blattflora aus dem Liegendton des Flöz III bearbeitet wordn. Diese Flora zeichnet sich durch einen enormen Arten- und Individuenreichtum aus, wie sie noch nicht anhand einer Blattflora aus dem Obereozän des Weißelsterbeckens beschrieben worden ist. Es liegen 31 verschiedene Formen vor, von denen bisher 13 noch in offener Nomenklatur geführt werden. Ein immergrüner subtropischer Fagaceae-Lauraceae-Wald ist neben einem Auen- bzw. Bruchwald und einer Farn-Monocotylen-Ufergesellschaft rekonstruiert worden. Auf der Grundlage der identifizierten Taxa und anhand von Vergleichen mit anderen obereozänen Fundstellen des zentralen Weißelsterbeckens wird diese Blattflora in den Florenkomplex Zeitz gestellt.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 115 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Altenburger naturwissenschaftliche Forschungen 16
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hamburg : Maribus
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G2-14-0066
    In: World ocean review
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 163 S. : Ill., graph. Darst. Kt.
    ISBN: 9783866482203
    Series Statement: World ocean review 3
    Note: Inhalt: Vorwort. - Öl und Gas aus dem Meer. - Den Energiehunger stillen. - Erdgas und Erdöl gewinnen. - Von der Verölung der Ozeane. - Conclusio: Weniger Ölverschmutzung im Meer - trotz steigenden Energiebedarfs. - Tagebau am Meeresgrund. - Rohstoffe für die Welt. - Begehrte Manganknollen. - Metallreiche Krusten. - Massivsulfide - im Rauch der Tiefe. - Conclusio: Der Meeresbergbau - kein Goldrausch, aber eine Option. - Energie aus dem brennenden Eis. - Vom Plankton zum Hydrat. - Methanhydrat - eine neue Energiequelle?. - Die Folgen des Hydratabbaus. - Conclusio: Wertvoller Rohstoff oder Treibhausgas?. - Umweltschonende Förderung und gerechte Verteilung. - Von der Verantwortung der Staatengemeinschaft. - Von der Eigenverantwortung der Küstenstaaten. - Conclusio: Ist eine sichere und gerechte Meeresnutzung möglich?. - Gesamt-Conclusio. - Glossar. - Abkürzungen. - Mitwirkende. - Quellenverzeichnis. - Abbildungsverzeichnis. - Index. - Partner und Danksagung. - Impressum.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Köln : Heymann
    Call number: AWI S5-15-0002
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXIV, 1992 S.
    Edition: 4. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783452278968
    Series Statement: Heymanns Taschenkommentare zum gewerblichen Rechtsschutz
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI S5-15-0004
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XCIII, 2909 S.
    Edition: 9., vollst. überarb. und erw. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783452275868
    Series Statement: Heymanns Kommentare zum gewerblichen Rechtsschutz
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI G1-15-0007
    Description / Table of Contents: Flooding caused by a rise in global mean sea Ievel has the potential to affect the lives of more than 1 billion people in coastal areas worldwide. There have been significant changes in sea Ievel over the past 2 million years, both at the local and global scales, and a compIete understanding of natural cycles of change as well as anthropogenic effects is imperative for future global development. This book reviews the history of research into these sea-level changes and summanses the methods and analytical approaches used to interpret evidence for sea-level changes. lt provides an overview of the changing climates of the Ouaternary, examines the processes responsible for global variability of sea-level records, and presents detailed reviews of sea-level changes for the Pleistocene and Holocene. The book concludes by discussing current trends in sea Ievel and likely future sea level changes. This is an important and authoritative summary of evidence for sea-level changes in our most recent geological period, and provides a key resource for academic researchers, and graduate and advanced undergraduate students, working in tectonics, stratigraphy, geomorphology and physical geography, environmental science and other aspects of Quaternary studies.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 484 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 1. publ.
    ISBN: 9780521820837
    Note: Contents: Preface. - List of abbreviations. - 1. Sea-level changes: the emergence of a Quaternary perspective. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 The Quaternary Period. - 1.3 Sea-Jevel changes: historical development of ideas. - 1.4 Observations from classical antiquity until the nineteenth century. - 1.4.1 Early Mediterranean studies. - 1.4.2 Eighteenth-century writings on universal changes to the Earth. - 1.4.3 Diluvial Theory - the universal flood. - 1.4.4 The Temple of Serapis: a compelling case for relative sea-level change. - 1.4.5 Lavoisier and the concepts of transgression and regression. - 1.5 Glacial action and recognition of the Ice Ages. - 1.5.1 Louis Agassiz and the Glacial Theory. - 1.5.2 The Croll-Milankovitch Hypothesis. - 1.6 Vertical changes in land and sea Ievel related to Quaternary climate. - 1.6.1 Charles Darwin and James Dana. - 1.6.2 Insights from around the world. - 1. 7 Evolution of ideas in the twentieth century. - 1. 7.1 Developments in Europe. - 1.7.2 Advances in geochemistry and geochronology. - 1.7.3 Oxygen-isotope records from marine sediments and ice cores. - 1.7.4 Geophysical models of sea-level changes. - 1.7.5 Sequence stratigraphy. - 1.7.6 International concern and a focus on current and future sea-level trends. - 1.8 Theoretical concepts relevant to the study of Quaternary sea-level changes. - 1.9 Synthesis and way forward. - 1.9.1 Revisiting old ideas. - 1.9.2 Quaternary sea-level changes: the status quo. - 2. The causes of Quaternary sea-level changes. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Sea Ievel and sea-level changes: some definitions. - 2.2.1 Sea Ievel and base Ievel. - 2.2.2 Relative sea-level changes. - 2.3 Processes responsible for relative sea-level changes in the Quaternary. - 2.3.1 Glacio-eustasy. - 2.3.2 lsostasy. - 2.3.3 Glacial isostasy and relative sea-Ievel changes. - 2.3.4 Hydro-isostasy and relative sea-level changes. - 2.3.5 The geoid and changes to its configuration. - 2.3.6 Global variation in geophysical response and equatorial ocean siphoning. - 2.4 Tectonism, volcanism, and other processes resulting in relative sea-level changes. - 2.4.1 Teetonic movements. - 2.4.2 Volcanism and its link to sea-level changes. - 2.4.3 Lithospheric flexure. - 2.4.4 Changes in tidal range. - 2.4.5 Steric changes, meteorological changes, and the role of ENSO events. - 2.5 Geophysical models and the sea-!evel equation. - 2.6 Synthesis and conclusions. - 3. Palaeo-sea-level indicators. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.1.1 Fixed and relational sea-level indicators. - 3.1.2 Relative sea-level changes, sea-level index points, and indicative meaning. - 3.1.3 Sources of uncertainty in palaeo-sea-Ievel estimation. - 3.1.4 Palaeo-sea-level curve or envelope?. - 3.1.5 Facies architecture, allostratigraphy, and sea-level changes. - 3.2 Pleistocene and Holocene palaeo-sea-level indicators compared. - 3.3 Corals and coral reefs. - 3.3.1 Reefs and Pleistocene sea Ievels. - 3.3.2 Reefs and Holocene sea Ievels. - 3.3.3 Conglomerates and recognition of in-situ corals. - 3.3.4 Microatolls. - 3.4 Other biological sea-level indicators. - 3.4.1 Fixed biological indicators. - 3.4.2 Mangroves. - 3.4.3 Salt-marsh sediments and microfossil analysis. - 3.4.4 Seagrass. - 3.4.5 Marine molluscs. - 3.4.6 Submerged forests. - 3.5 Geomorphological and geological sea-level indicators. - 3.5.1 Marine terraces and shore platforms. - 3.5.2 Shoreline notches and visors. - 3.5.3 Isolation basins. - 3.5.4 Beach ridges. - 3.5.5 Cheniers. - 3.5.6 Aeolianites. - 3.5.7 Calcretes. - 3.5.8 Beachrock. - 3.6 Geoarchaeology and sea-level changes. - 3.7 Synthesis and conclusions. - 4. Methods of dating Quaternary sea-level changes. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.1.1 Terminology. - 4.1.2 Historical approaches used for evaluating geological age of coastal deposits. - 4.2 Radiocarbon dating. - 4.2.1 Underlying principles of the radiocarbon method. - 4.2.2 Age range. - 4.2.3 Measurement techniques. - 4.2.4 Isotopic fractionation. - 4.2.5 Marine reservoir and hard-water effects. - 4.2.6 Secular 14C/ 12C variation and the calibration of radiocarbon ages to sidereal years. - 4.2.7 Cantamination and sample pre-treatment strategies. - 4.2.8 Statistical considerations: comparisons of radiocarbon age and pooling of results. - 4.3 Uranium-series disequilibrium dating. - 4.3.1 Underlying principles of U-series disequilibrium dating. - 4.3.2 U-series dating of marine carbonates. - 4.3.3 U-series dating of other materials. - 4.4 Oxygen-isotope stratigraphy. - 4.5 Luminescence dating methods. - 4.5.1 Quantifying the cumulative effects of environmental radiation dose. - 4.5.2 Age range of luminescence methods. - 4.5.3 Anomalaus fading and partial bleaching. - 4.6 Electron spin resonance dating. - 4.7 Amino acid racemisation dating. - 4.7.1 The amino acid racemisation reaction. - 4.7.2 Environmental factors that influence racemisation. - 4.7.3 Sources of uncertainty in AAR dating. - 4.7.4 Application of AAR to dating coastal successions. - 4.8 Cosmogenic dating. - 4.9 Other dating techniques. - 4.9.1 Event markers. - 4.9.2 Palaeomagnetism. - 4.10 Synthesis and conclusions. - 5 Vertical displacement of shorelines. - 5.5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Plate tectonics and implications for coastlines globally. - 5.2.1 Lithospheric plate domains. - 5.2.2 Plate margins. - 5.2.3 Plate tectonics and coastal classification. - 5.2.4 Ocean plate dynamics and island types. - 5.3 Styles of tectonic deformation and rates of uplift or subsidence. - 5.3.1 Coseismic uplift. - 5.3.2 Epeirogenic uplift. - 5.3.3 Folding and warping. - 5.3.4 Isostasy. - 5.3.5 Lithospheric flexure. - 5.3.6 Mantle plumes. - 5.3.7 Subsidence and submerged shorelines. - 5.4 The last interglacial shoreline: a reference for quantifying vertical displacement. - 5.4.1 Terrace age and elevation. - 5.4.2 Constraints on using the last interglacial shoreline as a benchmark. - 5.5 Coastlines in tectonically 'stable' cratonic regions. - 5.5.1 Australia. - 5.5.2 Southern Africa. - 5.6 Coastlines of emergence. - 5.6.1 Huon Peninsula. - 5.6.2 Barbados. - 5.6.3 Convergent continental margins: Chile. - 5.7 Vertical crustal movements associated with glacio-isostasy: Scandinavia. - 5.8 The Mediterranean Basin . - 5.8.1 Italy. - 5.8.2 Greece. - 5.9 The Caribbean region. - 5.9.1 Southern Florida and the Bahamas. - 5.9.2 Other Caribbean sites and more tectonically active islands. - 5.10 Divergent spreading-related coastlines: Red Sea. - 5.11 Pacific Plate. - 5.11.1 Pacific islands. - 5.11.2 Hawaii. - 5.11.3 Japan. - 5.11.4 New Zealand. - 5.12 Synthesis and conclusions. - 6. Pleistocene sea-level changes. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Prelude to the Pleistocene. - 6.3 Pleistocene icesheets. - 6.4 Early Pleistocene sea Ievels. - 6.4.1 Roe Calcarenite, Roe Plains, southern Australia. - 6.4.2 The Crag Group, southeastern England. - 6.S The middle Pleistocene Transition. - 6.6 Middle Pleistocene sea-level changes. - 6.7 Sea-level highstands of the middle Pleistocene. - 6.7.1 Marine Isotope Stage 11. - 6.7.2 Marine Isotope Stage 9 - the pre-penultimate interglacial. - 6.7.3 Marine Isotope Stage 7 - the penultimate interglacial. - 6.8 Middle Pleistocene sea-level lowstands. - 6.9 Late Pleistocene sea-level changes. - 6.9.1 The last interglacial maximum (MIS 5e). - 6.9.2 Timing and duration of the last interglacial maximum. - 6.9.3 Global estimates of last interglacial sea Ievels - the sanctity of the 6 m APSL datum?. - 6.10 Interstadial sea Ievels of the last glacial cycle (MIS 5c and 5a). - 6.11 Interstadial sea Ievels during MIS 3. - 6.12 Late Pleistocene interstadial sea Ievels: Dansgaard-Oeschgerand Heinrich Events. - 6.13 Eustatic sea Ievels during the Last Glacial Maximum (MIS 2). - 6.14 Long records of Pleistocene sea-level highstands. - 6.14.1 Coorong Coastal Plain and Murray Basin, southern Australia. - 6.14.2 Wanganui Basin, New Zealand. - 6.14.3 Sumba Island, Indonesia. - 6.15 Synthesis and conclusions. - 7. Sea-level changes since the Last Glacial Maximum. - 7.1 Introduction. -
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: AWI G7-15-0025-18
    In: Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorrede. - 0. Allgemeines zu den in der Literatur dokumentierten und für die Eiszeitglaziologie wichtigen Erkenntnissen über die funktional definierten kleinen Hohlformen. - 1. Zur Ausschließung der heute als nicht natürlich entstanden erkennbaren kleinen Hohlformen von der eiszeitglaziologisch intendierten Betrachtung ihres Entstehens. - 2. Zu den in der Literatur dargestellten für die Eiszeitglaziologie wichtigen Erkenntnissen über die Kategorien der primären kleinen Hohlformen. - 2.1 Zur eiszeitglaziologisch wichtigen Literatur über die Dolinen. - 2.2 Zu den in der Literatur dargestellten eiszeitglaziologisch wichtigen Erkenntnissen über die Riesenkessel. - 2.3 Zu den in der Literatur dargestellten und für die Eiszeitglaziologie wichtigen Erkenntnissen über die Pingo-Narben. - 2.4 Zu den in der Literatur beschriebenen anderen primären Hohlformen. - 2.5 Zu den in der Literatur dargestellten und für die Eiszeitglaziologie wichtigen allgemeinen Erkenntnissen über die Sölle. - 2.6 Zu den eiszeitglaziologischen Aspekten der ökologisch-landeskulturellen Literatur über die Sölle. - 2.7 Zu den für die Eiszeitglaziologie wichtigen Aspekten bei WUNDERLICH'S 'Kesseln'. - 3. Zu den in der Literatur dargestellten für die Eiszeitglaziologie wichtigen Erkenntnissen über die in primären kleinen Hohlformen vorkommenden Fresh-water-Deposits. - 4. Kritisches zu den in der Literatur dargestellten eiszeitglaziologisch wichtigsten Erkenntnissen über die natürlich entstandenen kleinen Hohlformen. - 4.1 Kritisches zur Literatur über die Dolinen. - 4.2 Kritisches zu den eiszeitglaziologisch wichtigen Erkenntnissen der Literatur über die Riesenkessel. - 4.3 Kritisches zu den eiszeitglaziologisch wichtigen Darlegungen der Literatur über die Pingo-Narben und die Pingo-Relikte im allgemeinen. - 4.4 Kritisches zu den eiszeitglaziologisch wichtigen Aspekten der Interpretation, die SILBERSCHLAG seinen Beobachtungen widmete. - 4.5 Kritisches zu den in der Literatur dargestellten eiszeitglaziologisch wichtigsten Erkenntnissen über die Sölle. - 4.6 Kritisches zu den für die Eiszeitglaziologie wichtigsten in der Literatur dargestellten Erkenntnissen über die von Freshwater-Deposits eingenommenen kleinen Hohlformen.- 4.7 Kritisches zur ökologisch-landeskulturellen Literatur über die Sölle vom Standpunkt der Eiszeitglaziologie. - 5. Zu eiszeitglaziologischen Aspekten einer Theorie des Entstehens und Bestehens der Pingos. - 6. Zur Theorie des Entstehens der echten Sölle. - 6.0 Grundsätzliches zur Theorie des Entstehens der echten Sölle. - 6.1 Zu den eiszeitglaziologisch eminenten Aspekten des Entstehens echter Sölle. - 6.2 Zu den geologisch-elementaren Aspekten des Entstehens echter Sölle. - 6.3 Zu den geologisch-stratigraphischen Aspekten des Entstehens echter Sölle. - 6.4 Zu den geohydrologischen Voraussetzungen des Entstehens echter Sölle. - 6.5 Zu tektonischen Aspekten des Entstehens echter Sölle. - 6.6 Zu den geokryologischen Aspekten des Entstehens echter Sölle. - Teil Anmerkungen. - Teil Verzeichnisse.
    Description / Table of Contents: In den jüngeren großen Kompendien zur Geomorphologie finden sich zu den sogenannten ,kleinen Hohlformen' [den außerhalb von Seen gelegenen Bodensenken] vielfältige sachliche Informationen, oft verbunden mit umfangreichen Überlegungen zum Entstehen der verschiedenen Kategorien dieser Senken. In der Literatur ist auch mancher unnütze Meinungsstreit dokumentiert, bei dem die Kontrahenten wegen Nichtbeachtung des ,feinen' zufälligen Unterschiedes zwischen einer bloß allgemeinsprachlich verschieden bezeichneten Erscheinung auf der Erdoberfläche (Vertiefung, Loch, Mulde, Wanne, Senke, Kessel etc.) und einer gesetzmäßig als Doline, Pingo-Narbe, Riesenkessel oder Soll entstandenen kleinen Hohlform aneinander vorbeiredeten. Daneben gibt es Meinungen, wie die zwar kaum [nicht hinreichend] begründete, aber nichts desto trotz über Autoren-Generationen hinweg fleißig kompilierte Spekulation, wonach viele der kleinen Hohlformen sogenannte »Toteislöcher«, das heißt, durch nacheiszeitliches Tauen einst überschütteter (schollenartiger) »Gletscherabbrüche« entstandene Einsturzstellen sein sollen [Artikel 17] . . .Der vorliegende Artikel [18] soll Klarheit darüber schaffen helfen, welche der in ehemaligen binnenländischen Vereisungsgebieten rezent vorkommenden kleinen Hohlformen glazialbedingt [durch Glazialwirkung] und welche der kleinen Hohlformen nicht durch Glazialwirkung entstanden sind bzw. in welchem Zusammenhang das Entstehen der letzteren mit dem Glazialzeitgeschehen zu sehen ist; dieser Artikel soll Insonderheit die Grundlage für eine der Wahrheit näherkommende Anerkennung der heutzutage in den Flachlandgletscher-Ausfahrgebieten der letztvergangenen Binnenlandvereisungen von Nordeuropa vorzufindenden Sölle als Indizien für die direkte oder indirekte Glazialwirkung schaffen (helfen).
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 170 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 2 ed.
    ISBN: 9783939290698
    Series Statement: Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie 18
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: AWI P5-15-0051
    In: Nova acta Leopoldina
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 198 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783804732421
    Series Statement: Nova acta Leopoldina N.F., 399 = Bd. 117
    Note: Contents: Preface / Wolf Dieter Blümel, Jörn Thiede and Ruth Narmann. - Acknowledgements. - Aims of the Leopoldina Symposium on Russian-German Cooperation in the Scientific Exploration of Northeastern Eurasia: A Personal and Eclectic View / Jörn Thiede. - Welcome Speech / Nikolay M. Kropachev. - Welcome Address / Wolf Dieter Blümel. - LEOPOLDINA LECTURE. - From Lomonosov to Modern Times: Eclectic History of Russian-German Cooperation in the Scientific Exploration of High Northern Latitudes / Jörn Thiede. - EXTENDED CONTRIBUTIONS. - Research Infrastructure in Northern Sibiria. - The Zotino Tall Tower Observatory (ZOTTO): Quantifying Large Scale Biogeochemical Changes in Central Siberia / Martin Heimann, Ernst-Detlef Schulze, Jan Winderlich, Meinrat O. Andreae, Xuguang Chi, Christoph Gerbig, Olaf Kolle, Karl Kubler, Jost Lavric, Eugene Mikhailov, Alexey Panov, Sungbin Park, Christian Rodenbeck and Andrej Skorochod. - The New Arctic Research Station "Samoylov Island" in the Lena Delta: Prospects of Joint Russian-German Studies / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten and Mikhael N. Grigoriev. - Methods of Radiochronology of Quaternary Sediments: Modern Approaches and Results of Studies / Vladislav Y. Kuznetsov. - SESSION 1. - Summary. - Environmental Change in Northern Eurasia in Real Time / Session Chair: Jörn Thiede. - Sedimentation history in the Lena Delta, Northern Siberia / Georg Schwamborn, Volker Rachold, Mikhail Grigoriev and Matthias Krbetschek. - Hydrology of the Lena River Delta / Irina V. Fedorova, Antonia A. Chetverova, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Aleksandr S. Makarov, Julia Boike, Anne Morgenstern and Birgit Heim. - Advanced process-based hydrological modelling as an effective tool for assessment of changes of the Arctic Environment in different temporal and spatial scales / Olga Semenova and Lyudmila S. Lebedeva. - Shelf-basin exchange in the Laptev Sea in the warming climate: the joint roles of atmospheric forcing and hydrography / Vladimir Ivanov, Ekaterina Chernyavskaya, Pavel Maslov, Yevgeny Aksenov and Beverly Cuevas. - Distribution of sea ice derived brine signals from the Siberian shelf area based on stable oxygen isotope and salinity data / Irina Semeryuk and Dorothea Bauch. - SESSION 2. - Summary. - Continental Siberia: dynamics of permafrost landscapes and carbon fluxes / Session Chair: Mikhael N. Grigoriev. - Genesis and age of pingo structures in the Lena Delta, Northeast Siberia / Anna A. Urban. - Content and distribution of trace metals in permafrost-affected soils of Northern Siberia, Russia / Iulia Antcibor, Annette Eschenbach, Lars Kutzbach, Dmitry Bolshiyanov and Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Carbon stocks in permafrost-affected soils in the Lena River Delta / Sebastian Zubrzycki, Alexey R. Desyatkin, Lars Kutzbach and Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Microbial methane driving processes in Siberian Arctic and Sub-Arctic cryosols / Svetlana Evgrafova and Dirk Wagner. - The latest tectonic movements in key areas on the coasts and islands of the Laptev Sea / Alisa V. Baranskaya. - Erosion rates and terrigenous sediment fluxes in the Lena Delta Region (East Siberian Arctic) / Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Nitrogen availability, turnover and limitation in permafrost affected soils of Samoylov Island in the Lena Delta, Northeast Siberia / Tina Sanders, Claudia Fiencke and Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Sedimentological studies of high latitude lake sediments aimed at palaeoenvironmental reconstructions: an example from the Lena Delta Hinterland / Polina S. Vakhrameeva, Boris K. Biskaborn, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Bernhard Diekmann, Larissa A. Savelieva and Dmitry A. Subetto. - Palynological characteristics of lower Yenisey quaternary deposits / Valentina A. Chetverova, Luda G. Derevyanko and Evgeny A. Gusev. - SESSION 3. - Summary. - The paleoenvironmental history of Siberian permafrost landscapes / Session Chair: Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Vegetation history of the lower Lena River from pollen records of lake sediments / Larissa Savelieva, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Ulrike Herzschuh, Polina S. Vakhrameeva, Boris Biskaborn and Bernhard Diekmann. - Climate and vegetation of late pleistocene in the east Siberian Arctic based on pollen data from Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island / Natalya A. Rudaya, Andrei Andreev, Sebastian Wetterich and Lutz Schirrmeister. - Evolution of thermokarst lakes and alasses in the ice-rich permafrost of the Lena River Delta / Anne Morgenstern, Frank Günther, Mathias Ulrich, Irina V. Fedorova, Natalya A. Rudaya, Julia Boike and Lutz Schirrmeister. - Late pleistocene and holocene vegetation history deduced from palynological investigations of the permafrost records of the El'gygytgyn impact crater / Elena Raschke, Andrei Andreev, Grigory Fedorov, Georg Schwamborn and Lutz Schirrmeister. - Tracking environmental change using invertebrate bioindicators from the lakes of Yakutia (Siberia, Russia) / Larisa B. Nazarova, Oleg N. Tumanov, Ulrike Herzschuh, Larisa A. Frolova and Lyudmila A. Pestryakova. - Palaeoenvironmental investigations and reconstructions in Northern Russia using subfossil Cladocera (Branchiopoda, Crustacea) / Larisa A. Frolova, Liliya I. Gafiatulina, Larissa B. Nazarova and Sebastian Wetterich. - SESSION 4. - Summary. - Siberian shelf seas and the adjacent Arctic Ocean / Session Chair: Heidemarie Kassens. - Oceanography of the Laptev Sea / Bennet Juhls, Sergey A. Kirillov, Jens Hölemann, Leonid A. Timokhov, Heidemarie Kassens, Birgit Heim, Andrey Novikhin and Markus Janout. - Summer sediment transport dynamics on the Laptev sea shelf (Siberian Arctic) / Carolyn Wegner, Kerstin Wittbrodt, Dorothea Bauch, Jens A. Hölemann, Markus Janout, Andrey Novikhin, Birgit Heim, Sergey Kirillov, Heidemarie Kassens and Leonid Timokhov. - Living and fossil microalgae from the Eurasian Arctic Seas as indicators of modern and past environmental changes / Yelena Polyakova, Irina Kryukova, Tatiana Klyuvitkina, Yekatherina Novichkova and Nataliya Manko. - Past environmental transformation of the Laptev Sea continental margin and water mass changes since last deglacial times / Ekaterina Taldenkova, Natalia Chistyakova, Henning A. Bauch, Anna Stepanova, Yaroslav Ovsepyan and Robert F. Spielhagen. - A multiproxy reconstruction of the last interglacial environmental conditions in northern Russia / Henning A. Bauch, Yaroslav Ovsepyan, Ekaterina Taldenkova, Anna Stepanova and Olga Rudenko. - Holocene variability of Atlantic water advection to the Arctic Ocean / Robert F. Spielhagen, Kirstin Werner, Natalia Chistyakova and Ekaterina Taldenkova. - Ecological and geographical characteristics of phytoplankton in the Eastern Laptev Sea (Autumnal Season 2008) / Irina Kryukova, Yelena Polyakova, Ekaterina Abramova, Fedor Martynov, Andrey Novikhin, Heidemarie Kassens and Jens Hölemann.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Oxford [u.a.] : Oxford Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI G3-14-0020
    Description / Table of Contents: The latest volume in the LTER series, this book presents the results and finding of the Long-Term Ecological Research site in the Alaskan Arctic, discussing Arctic ecology from a variety of perspectives and disciplines.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 331 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9780199860401
    Series Statement: Long-Term Ecological Research Network Series
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction / John E. Hobbie. - 2 Climate and Hydrometeorology of the Toolik Lake Region and the Kuparuk River Basin: Past, Present, and Future / Jessica E. Cherry, Stephen J. Déry, Yiwei Cheng, Marc Stieglitz, Amy S. Jacobs, and Feifei Pan. - 3 Glacial History and Long-Term Ecology in the Toolik Lake Region / Donald A. Walker, Thomas D. Hamilton, Hilmar A. Maier, Corinne A. Munger, and Martha K. Raynolds. - 4 Late-Quaternary Environmental and Ecological History of the Arctic Foothills, Northern Alaska / W. Wyatt Oswald, Linda B. Brubaker, Feng Sheng Hu, and George W. Kling. - 5 Terrestrial Ecosystems at Toolik Lake, Alaska / Gaius R. Shaver, James A. Laundre, M. Syndonia Bret-Harte, F. Stuart Chapin, III, Joel A. Mercado-Dfaz, Anne E. Giblin, Laura Gough, William A. Gould, Sarah E. Hobbie, George W. Kling, Michelle C. Mack, John C. Moore, Knute J. Nadelhoffer, Edward B. Rastetter, and Joshua P. Schimel. - 6 Land-Water Interactions / George W. Kling, Heather E. Adams, Neil D. Bettez, William B. Bowden, Byron C. Crump, Anne E. Giblin, Kristin E. Judd, Katy Keller, George W. Kipphut, Edward R. Rastetter, Gaius R. Shaver, and Marc Stieglitz. - 7 Ecology of Streams of the Toolik Region / William B. Bowden, Bruce J. Peterson, Linda A. Deegan, Alex D. Huryn, Jonathan P. Benstead, Heidi Golden, Michael Kendrick, Stephanie M. Parker, Elissa Schuett, Joseph J. Vallino, and John E. Hobbie. - 8 The Response of Lakes Near the Arctic LTER to Environmental Change / Chris Luecke, Anne E. Giblin, Neil D. Bettez, Greta A. Burkart, Byron C. Crump, Mary Anne Evans, Gretchen Gettel, Sally Maclntyre, W. John O'Brien, Parke A. Rublee, and George W. Kling. - 9 Mercury in the Alaskan Arctic / William F. Fitzgerald, Chad R. Hammerschmidt, Daniel R. Engstrom, Prentiss H. Balcom, Carl H. Lamborg, and Chun-Mao Tseng. - 10 Ecological Consequences of Present and Future Changes in Arctic Alaska / John E. Hobbie, and George W. Kling.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Washington : National Academies Press
    Call number: AWI P5-14-0057
    Description / Table of Contents: Once ice-bound, difficult to access, and largely ignored by the rest of the world, the Arctic is now front and center in the midst of many important questions facing the world today. Our daily weather, what we eat, and coastal flooding are all interconnected with the future of the Arctic. The year 2012 was an astounding year for Arctic change. The summer sea ice volume smashed previous records, losing approximately 75 percent of its value since 1980 and half of its areal coverage. Multiple records were also broken when 97 percent of Greenland's surface experienced melt conditions in 2012, the largest melt extent in the satellite era. Receding ice caps in Arctic Canada are now exposing land surfaces that have been continuously ice covered for more than 40,000 years. What happens in the Arctic has far-reaching implications around the world. Loss of snow and ice exacerbates climate change and is the largest contributor to expected global sea level rise during the next century. Ten percent of the world's fish catches comes from Arctic and sub-Arctic waters. The U.S. Geological Survey estimated that up to 13 percent of the world's remaining oil reserves are in the Arctic. The geologic history of the Arctic may hold vital clues about massive volcanic eruptions and the consequent release of massive amount of coal fly ash that is thought to have caused mass extinctions in the distant past. How will these changes affect the rest of Earth? What research should we invest in to best understand this previously hidden land, manage impacts of change on Arctic communities, and cooperate with researchers from other nations? The Arctic in the Anthropocene reviews research questions previously identified by Arctic researchers, and then highlights the new questions that have emerged in the wake of and expectation of further rapid Arctic change, as well as new capabilities to address them. This report is meant to guide future directions in U.S. Arctic research so that research is targeted on critical scientific and societal questions and conducted as effectively as possible. The Arctic in the Anthropocene identifies both a disciplinary and a cross-cutting research strategy for the next 10 to 20 years, and evaluates infrastructure needs and collaboration opportunities. The climate, biology, and society in the Arctic are changing in rapid, complex, and interactive ways. Understanding the Arctic system has never been more critical; thus, Arctic research has never been more important. This report will be a resource for institutions, funders, policy makers, and students. Written in an engaging style, The Arctic in the Anthropocene paints a picture of one of the last unknown places on this planet, and communicates the excitement and importance of the discoveries and challenges that lie ahead.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 210 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: [Final report]
    ISBN: 9780309301831 , 0-309-30183-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: SUMMARY. - 1 INTRODUCTION. - Study Context and Charge to the Committee. - Study Approach and Methodology. - Report Organization. - 2 RATIONALE FOR CONTINUED ARCTIC RESEARCH. - 3 EMERGING QUESTIONS. - Evolving Arctic. - Will Arctic communities have greater or lesser influence on their futures?. - Will the land be wetter or drier, and what are the associated implications for surface water, energy balances, and ecosystems?. - How much of the variability of the Arctic system is linked to ocean circulation?. - What are the impacts of extreme events in the new ice-reduced system?. - How will primary productivity change with decreasing sea ice and snow cover?. - How will species distributions and associated ecosystem structure change with the evolving cryosphere?. - Hidden Arctic. - What surprises are hidden within and beneath the ice?. - What is being irretrievably lost as the Arctic changes?. - Why does winter matter?. - What can "break or brake" glaciers and ice sheets?. - How unusual is the current Arctic warmth?. - What is the role of the Arctic in abrupt change?. - What has been the Cenozoic evolution of the Arctic Ocean Basin?. - Connected Arctic. - How will rapid Arctic warming change the jet stream and affect weather patterns in lower latitudes?. - What is the potential for a trajectory of irreversible loss of Arctic land ice, and how will its impact vary regionally?. - How will climate change affect exchanges between the Arctic Ocean andsubpolar basins?. - How will Arctic change affect the long-range transport and persistence of biota?. - How will changing societal connections between the Arctic and the rest of the world affect Arctic communities?. - Managed Arctic. - How will decreasing populations in rural villages and increasing urbanization affect Arctic peoples and societies?. - Will local, regional, and international relations in the Arctic move toward cooperation or conflict?. - How can 21st-century development in the Arctic occur without compromising the environment or indigenous cultures while still benefiting global and Arctic inhabitants?. - How can we prepare forecasts and scenarios to meet emerging management needs?. - What benefits and risks are presented by geoengineering and other large-scale technological interventions to prevent or reduce climate change and associated impacts in the Arctic?. - Undetermined Arctic. - Priority Setting. - 4 MEETING THE CHALLENGES. - Enhancing Cooperation. - Interagency. - International. - Interdisciplinary. - Intersectoral. - Cooperation through Social Media. - Sustaining Long-Term Observations. - Rationale for Long-Term Observations. - Coordinating Long-Term Observation Efforts. - Managing and Sharing Information. - Preserving the Legacy of Research through Data Preservation and Dissemination. - Creating a Culture of Data Preservation and Sharing. - Infrastructure to Ensure Data Flows from Observation to Users, Stakeholders, and Archives. - Data Visualization and Analysis. - Maintaining and Building Operational Capacity. - Mobile Platforms. - Fixed Platforms and Systems. - Remote Sensing. - Sensors. - Power and Communication. - Models in Prediction, Projection, and Re-Analyses. - Partnerships with Industry. - Growing Human Capacity. - Community Engagement. - Investing in Research. - Comprehensive Systems and Synthesis Research. - Non-Steady-State Research. - Social Sciences and Human Capacity. - Stakeholder-Initiated Research. - International Funding Cooperation. - Long-Term Observations. - 5 BUILDING KNOWLEDGE AND SOLVING PROBLEMS. - REFERENCES. - APPENDIXES. - A Acronyms and Abbreviations. - B Speaker and Interviewee Acknowledgments. - C Summary of Questionnaire Responses. - D Biographical Sketches of Committee Members.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cottbus : Regia-Verl.
    Call number: AWI E3-14-0027
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 359 S. : Ill., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783869292502
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Flug ohne Umkehr. - Warum ausgerechnet Antarktika?. - Vor Antarktika liegen die Alpen. - Kontinent der Superlative. - Der entdeckungsgeschichtlich jüngste Kontinent. - Antarktika und der Rest der Erde. - Die Schirmacheroase. - Unser Team. - Schlittenzug zur Nord-West-Insel. - Grillpartys in Antarktika. - Schlittenzug zum Untersee. - Sternstunden über dem Untersee. - Am Badestrand des "Weihnachtsees" 72 Grad Süd. - Mit dem Hubschrauber zur Arbeit. - Spice-Time in Maitri. - Stationsalltag in Georg Forster. - Der erste Abschied. - Blizzards über der Oase. - Vielfalt aus Eis. - Geschichten, die das Polarleben schreibt. - Ansteckende Krankheiten in Antarktika. - Das Kind im Manne. - Am 5. Pol. - Aus dem Tagebuch, ein Wintertag. - Schneesturm am Domik. - Polarnacht auf dem Nunatak. - Mid-Winter-Day. - Polarlichter und andere Phänomene der Polarnacht. - Unvergesslich - Geburtstag im Frühling. - Wege übers Eis. - "Weekend im Domik" oder "was ist die Oasensprache?". - Die Neuen kommen. - Mondlandung auf dem Ritscher. - Das Restrisiko. - Ein Lausitzer wird Geodät und Stationsleiter in Antarktika. - Am Westende der Oase. - 500 Tage kein Zurück. - Geometrie des Klimawandels. - Der zweite Abschied. - Anhang. - Zeittafel der Expedition. - Über den Autor. - Literatur. - Bildnachweis.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: AWI S4-14-0065
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1392 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 4., aktualisierte Aufl., 1. unkorrigierter Nachdr. 2014
    ISBN: 9783836220132
    Series Statement: Galileo Computing
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hamburg : Maribus
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G2-14-0067
    In: World ocean review
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Preface. - Oil and gas from the sea. - Sating our energy hunger. - Producing natural gas and mineral oil. - Oiling the oceans. - Conclusion: Less marine oil pollution - despite growing energy demand. - Sea-floor mining. - Resources for the world. - Manganese nodule treasures. - Metal-rich crusts. - Massive sulphides in smoky depths. - Conclusion: Ocean mining - not a gold rush but an option. - Energy from burning ice. - From plankton to hydrate. - Methane hydrate - a new energy source?. - The impacts of hydrate mining. - Conclusion: Valuable resource or greenhouse gas?. - Clean production and equitable distribution. - The international community's responsibility. - The coastal states' responsibility. - Conclusion: Can commercial exploitation of marine minerals be safe and equitable?. - Overall conclusion. - Glossary. - Abbreviations. - Contributions. - Bibliography. - Table of figures. - Index. - Partners and Acknowledgements. - Publication details.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 163 S. : Ill., graph. Darst. Kt.
    ISBN: 9783866482210
    Series Statement: World ocean review 3
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: PIK N 071-14-0125 ; PIK N 071-14-0124 ; AWI A3-14-0043
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Summary for policy makers ; Technical summary ; 1. Introduction ; 2. Observations: atmosphere and surface ; 3. Observations: ocean ; 4. Observations: cryosphere ; 5. Information from paleoclimate archives ; 6. Carbon and other biogeochemical cycles ; 7. Clouds and aerosols ; 8. Anthropogenic and natural radiative forcing ; 9. Evaluation of climate models ; 10. Detection and attribution of climate change: from global to regional ; 11. Near-term climate change: projections and predictability ; 12. Long-term climate change: projections, commitments and irreversibility ; 13. Sea level change ; 14. Climate phenomena and their relevance for future regional climate change ; Annex I. Atlas of global and regional climate projections ; Annex II. Climate system scenario tables ; Annex III. Glossary ; Annex IV. Acronyms ; Annex V. Contributors ; Annex VI. Expert reviewers
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 1535 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9781107661820
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Non-book medium
    Non-book medium
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-217(1999-2013)
    In: Küstengebiet der Nordsee
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 CD-ROM ; 12 cm + 1 Kt.-Beil.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: AWI G7-15-0025-17
    In: Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorrede. - 0 Allgemeines zu den sog. 'Toteislöchern' ['Toteisrinnen', 'Toteisbecken']. - 1 Über den Gebrauch des Begriffs' Toteisloch' [...] in der einschlägigen Literatur. - 1.1 Zu geschichtlichen Aspekten des Gebrauchs des Begriffs 'Toteisloch', z. B. bei KOONS, STEENSTRUP, DANA, CHAMBERLIN, BELLMER, STEUSLOFF, TARR, WAHNSCHAFFE, DEECKE, SPETHMANN, v. KLEBELSBERG, BRÜCKNER, WUNDERLICH, WOLFF, K. v. BÜLOW, RÖPKE, TROLL, WAGNER, WOLDSTEDT, GRIPP, AHLMANN, SOLGER, LIEDTKE, GAREIS. - 1.2 Über das Entstehen und den Gebrauch des Begriffs 'glaziäre Kleinsenken' (nach WEISSE). - 2 Abstract zum Verständnis von 'Toteis' und zum Entstehen von 'Toteislöchern' in der einschlägigen Literatur und eine kritische Bemerkung. - 2.1 Zum Verständnis von Toteis in der Literatur. - 2.2 Zum in der Literatur dokumentierten Verständnis vom Toteisloch-Entstehen. - 2.3 Kritische Bemerkungen ... zum Verständnis von 'Toteis' und 'Toteisloch'. - 3. Zum Begriff 'Toteis' in der Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie. - 4 Zum Spannungsfeld zwischen den Erkenntnisgebieten 〉 'Toteis' / 'Toteisrinne' / 'Toteisbecken' 〈 und 〉 'Block-Eis' / 'Rinnentoteis' / 'Beckentoteis' aus Sicht der Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie. - 4.1 Zum Spannungsfeld ... 'Toteisloch' / 'Block-Toteis'. - 4.2 Zum Spannungsfeld ... 'Toteisrinne' / 'Rinnentoteis'. - 4.3 Zum Spannungsfeld ... 'Toteisbecken' / 'Beckentoteis'. - 5. Zum Entstehen von Toteislöchem, Toteisrinnen und Toteisbecken in Zusammenhang mit Flachlandgletscher-Surges. - 5.1 Zum Neu-(Wieder-)Entstehen eines Toteislochs am Ort einer vorhanden gewesenen toteisgefüllten Hohlform nach dem Überfahren durch einen Flachlandgletscher. - 5.2 Zum Entstehen eines Toteislochs am Ort einer vorkaltzeitlich vorhanden gewesenen grundwassergespeisten geschlossenen Hohlform nach Überfahren durch einen Flachlandgletscher. - 5.3 Zum Entstehen eines Toteislochs infolge der Verdrängung eines Toteiskörpers durch einen Flachlandgletscher. - 5.4 Zum Entstehen eines Toteislochs infolge Verdrängung einer kompakten Erdstoffmasse aus tieferen Schichten durch einen Flachlandgletscher. - 5.5 Zum Entstehen von Sollen. - 5.6 Zum möglichen Entstehen von Toteisbecken ohne Überfahrung vom Flachlandgletscher lawinenartig abgegangenen erdstofffreien Auflasteises. - 6 Grundthesen zum Begriff 'Toteis' und zum Gebrauch des Begriffswortes. - Teil Anmerkungen. - Teil Verzeichnisse.
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Wort "Toteis" ist - nach der von Jedermann beherrschten Sprachlogik - der Begriff für einen Eiskörper, der Teil eines Eisstroms war und der - liegengeblieben - unbeweglich geworden ist. Gletscherkundlich versierte Geographen erfanden einst das Begriffswort "Toteis" zur Bezeichnung von aktuell in Island, auf Svalbård und an der Yakutat-Bai (Alaska) unter Moräne vorkommendem Eis, und im Vorfeld der dortigen Gletscher entstandene Hohlformen [Löcher, Kessel, Senken etc.] wurden von ihnen zu Recht als Ergebnis des Austauens von vermeintlich vorhanden gewesenen Toteiskörpern gedeutet. Leider wurden und werden in vorzeitlich von Gletschern überfahrenen Gebieten heutzutage vorhandene, mutmaßlich eiszeitlich entstandene Erscheinungen [Löcher, Kessel, Senken etc.] mit dem obenbesagten rezenten geomorphologischen Phänomen gleichgesetzt und schlechtweg [zu allermeist ohne jegliche Beweisführung] als "Toteislöcher", "Toteiskessel", "Toteissenken" etc. beschrieben, obwohl es für die Anwendung des aktualistischen Prinzips keinerlei Rechtfertigung gab und gibt. Zwar sind Löcher, Kessel, Senken etc. unstrittig Gegenstand der Geomorphologie und zum Beispiel deren örtliche Lage ein geographisches Problem, aber Toteis ist im wesentlichen ein glaziologisches Phänomen, wobei rezent vorkommendes Toteis ein körperlich fassbarer, der Untersuchung durch die Gletscherkunde [Wissenschaft von den rezenten (Gebirgs-) Gletschern] direkt zugänglicher Gegenstand ist. Für die Eiszeitglaziologie [Wissenschaft von den pleistozänen Binnenlandvereisungen], die sich für das pleistozäne Toteis interessiert, ist hingegen längst ausgetautes pleistozänes Toteis nur virtuell "fassbar", das heißt es ist - sofern überhaupt örtlich Gelegenheit zum Toteisentstehen bestand - allenfalls an hinterlassenen Hohlformen als existent gewesen erkennbar... Die vorliegende Arbeit [Artikel 17] soll die Möglichkeiten zur Nachweisführung über die etwaige Mitwirkung von Toteis beim Hohlformentstehen in von Binnenlandglazialen überfahrenen Gebieten offenlegen und überhaupt zum besseren Verständnis der bei den Binnenlandvereisungen oder in deren Folge mutmaßlich ablaufenden Vorgänge beitragen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 146 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783939290681
    Series Statement: Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie 17
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: AWI G7-15-0025-1
    In: Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis des Einführunosbandes: Widmung. - Vorangestelltes Nachwort. - Danksagung. - Einführung. - Notabene : LI Übersicht über die Teile des Gesamtvorhabens. - Artikel 00: Über die Schwierigkeiten des Anfangens. - Artikel 01: Zur Glaziologie und ihren Sparten, speziell zur Eiszeitglaziologie. - Anmerkungen zu Artikel 00. - Anmerkungen zu Artikel 01. - Literaturnachweis. - Porträtverzeichnis. - Personen-Index .
    Description / Table of Contents: Seit 1985 beschäftige ich mich mit dem Problem des Entstehens, der Mechanik und der Wirkungsweise der Binnenlandvereisungen von Nordeuropa, die einst die nord- und mitteleuropäischen Landschaften prägten. Nachdem ich sehr bald erkannt hatte, dass in der bis damals vorliegenden Literatur zum Problem der Mechanik der Eisströme dieser Vereisungen (im Unterschied zur Mechanik der Gebirgsgletscher und der Eisströme Antarktikas / Grönlands) kein Werk von Belang zu finden ist, vertiefte ich mich in das Studium der gletscherkundlichen Literatur und der eiszeitglaziologiedienlichen Arbeiten der pleistozängeologischen und -geographischen Literatur, wobei mir der Umstand, in jenen Jahren mein Berufserwerbsleben nahezu abgeschlossen zu haben, den Einstieg in dieses Vollzeitstudium erst ermöglichte. Mein Arbeitsgebiet ist seither die Eiszeitglaziologie, d. i. der von mir unkonventionell abgegrenzte Teil der Glaziologie, der sich mit den kaltzeitinitiiert entstandenen schneebürtigen Binnenlandvereisungen des Pleistozän von Nordeuropa beschäftigt; diese Vereisungen unterscheiden sich ihrem Wesen nach von den warmzeitlich ent- bzw. bestehenden Gebirgsgletschern und den Eisschilden Antarktikas und Grönlands. Die Eiszeitglaziologie sehe ich als eine eigenständig bestehende Sparte der Glaziologie neben den etablierten Sparten (Rezent-)Gletscher-kunde, Schnee-, Firn-, Gletschereis- und Lawinenkunde sowie der Wissenschaft vom Eis Antarktikas / Grönlands: Die Eiszeitglaziologie grenzt sich ab von der Pleistozängeologie, die in der Literatur gern als ,Glazialgeologie' bezeichnet wird; in dem Maße, wie sie sich auf die Beobachtungen der Pleistozängeologie an den Hinterlassenschaften der vorzeitlichen Vereisungen stützen muss, ist sie auf deren Erkenntnisse angewiesen. Mit der Erarbeitung einer Theorie des Entstehens, der Mechanik und der Wirkungsweise der pleistozänen Binnenlandvereisungen von Nordeuropa [Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie] bemühe ich mich, die Überlebtheit der alten Paradigmen über das Wesen dieser Vereisungen nachzuweisen. Der vorliegende Band führt in die Problematik dieser Aufgabe ein.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: LXIV, 115 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783939290544
    Series Statement: Eiszeitglaziologie-Theorie [1]
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [s.l.] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-15-0036
    Description / Table of Contents: CONTENTS: PREFACE. - INTERACT PARTNER STATIONS AND INTERACT OBSERVER STATIONS. - ABOUT INTERACT. - INTRODUCTION. - 1 Management planning. - 1.1Introduction to management planning. - 1.2 Master Plan/Strategic Plan and other management planning documents. - 1.2.1Vision and mission statements. - 1.2.2 Conceptual framework for the station. - 1.2.3 Terms of Reference (ToR) for station operations. - 1.2.4Strategy, including Programme and Implementation Plan. - 1.3 Other plans and regulations. - 1.3.1Land Use Plan. - 1.3.2Facility Plan. - 1.3.3 Business Plan / Financial Plan. - 1.3.4 Other relevant plans. - 1.3.5 Policies. - 1.3.6 Description of procedures, rules and recommendations. - 1.4Check lists. - 31.4.1Application handling - check list. - 1.4.2 Visitor information - check list. - 1.4.3 Emergency operations - check lists. - 1.4.6Inventories - check lists. - Key considerations. - Examples. - 2 Policies. - 2.1Introduction. - 2.2 Examples of types of policies. - Key considerations. - Examples. - 3 Staff. - 3.1Organisation, roles and responsibilities. - 3.2 Attracting and keeping good staff. - Key considerations. - Station examples. - 4 Visitors. - 4.1Introduction. - 4.2 Pre-visit phase (application phase). - 4.2.1Communication with potential applicants. - 4.2.2 Important information that can be included in information documents to visitors. - 4.3 Visit phase. - 4.3.1Communication with visitors at the station. - 4.3.2Creating a good work environment at the station. - 4.3.3 Conflict mitigation and mental health problems. - 4.4 Post-visit phase. - Key considerations. - Examples. - Station examples. - 5 Permit issues. - 5.1Introduction. - 5.2 National/regional/local legislation and permits. - 5.3 Communication with authorities and local communities. - 5.4 Application procedures and forms for station access. - 5.4.1Application guidelines for applicants. - 5.4.2 Application handling procedures for station management. - 5.4.3 Application form. - 5.4.4 Permit or user agreement. - 5.5 Communication with applicants. - 5.6 GIS based project management tool developed under INTERACT. - 5.6.1System specification. - 5.6.2Migration - inclusion of additional stations. - 5.6.3 Research on environmental informatics. - 5.6.4Typical development and implementation procedures. - Key considerations. - Examples. - 6Health and safety. - 6.1Introduction. - 6.2 Health and safety policies. - 6.2.1 Health policy - required health status for access to station. - 6.2.2 Under-aged, senior and family policy. - 6.2.3 Insurance policy and disclaimer. - 6.3 Important risks and mitigation measures. - 6.3.1Risk assessment. - 6.3.2Transport - risks and mitigation measures. - 6.3.3 Field work - risks and mitigation measures. - 6.3.4 At station - risks and mitigation measures. - 6.4 Emergency preparedness. - 6.5 Medical facilities. - 6.6 Health and safety training. - Key considerations. - Examples. - Station examples. - 7 Environmental impact. - 7.1Introduction. - 7.2 Legislation and standards. - 7.3 Environmental Impact Assessment. - 7.4 Limiting environmental impacts. - 7.5 Eco-policies. - Key considerations. - 8 Outreach and marketing. - 8.1Introduction. - 8.2 Stakeholders and marketing/outreach mechanisms. - 8.2.1Stakeholder groups - marketing. - 8.2.2Stakeholder groups - outreach. - 8.2.3 Marketing and outreach mechanisms. - 8.3 Developing a marketing and outreach strategy (or a communication strategy). - 8.4 Local involvement/Citizen Science. - Key considerations. - Examples. - Station examples. - 9 Research and monitoring. - 9.1Introduction. - 9.2 Organisational set-up of science and logistics functions. - 9.3 Research and monitoring strategy and working programme. - 9.4 International scientific networks and organisations with an arctic focus. - 9.4.1Arctic Council. - 9.4.2 Multi-disciplinary international organisations and projects. - 9.4.3 Single discipline/parameters networks. - 9.5 International assessments and strategies of relevance to development of science/monitoring strategies. - Key considerations. - Station examples. - 10 Training and education. - 10.1Introduction. - 10.2 Training. - 10.3 Education. - Key considerations. - Examples. - Station examples. - 11Knowledge capture and data management. - 11.1Introduction. - 11.2 Operational data for station management. - 11.3 Research data management. - 11.3.1Introduction to metadata and DOI. - 11.3.2 Data discovery and data publication. - 11.3.3 Data policies. - 11.4 Data-related outreach and education. - 11.5 Formulation of a 'Data Management Plan'. - Key considerations. - APPENDICES. - Appendices, Chapter 1 Management planning. - 1.1 Land Use Plan - Kings Bay logistics company, Svalbard. - 1.2 User information check list - Toolik Field Station, Alaska, USA. - Appendices, Chapter 2 Policies (station examples). - 2.1a Environmental policy - NERC Arctic Research Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.1b Environmental policy - Sverdrup Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.2a Ethics policy - NERC Arctic Research Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.2b Ethics policy; alcohol and drugs policy - Sverdrup Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.2c Ethics policy; alcohol and drugs policy - Toolik Field Station, Alaska, USA. - 2.3 Extreme weather/winter operation policy - Toolik Field Station, Alaska, USA. - 2.4a Health and safety policy - NERC Arctic Research Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.4b Health and safety policy - Sverdrup Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.5 Information policy (data and publication sharing policy) - NERC Arctic Research Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.6 Sponsorship policy - NERC Arctic Research Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.7 Staff policy - Sverdrup Station, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard. - 2.8a Transport; snow machine/snowmobile use policy - Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory, Alaska, USA.. - 2.8b Transport; snow machine/snowmobile use policy - Toolik Field Station, Alaska, USA. - 2.9 Under-aged and family policy - Toolik Field Station, Alaska, USA. - Appendices, Chapter 4 Visitors. - 4.1User guide - Sermilik Research Station, Greenland. - 4.2 Permit issues - FINSE Alpine Research Center, Norway. - 4.3 Visitor information - Kolari Research Unit, Finland. - 4.4 Visitor information - Abisko Scientific Research Station, Sweden. - Appendices, Chapter 5 Permit issues. - 5.1 Application form - Abisko Scientific Research Station, Sweden. - 5.2 Application form for protected areas - Metsähallitus, Finland. - 5.3 Application form - Finse Alpine Research Center, Norway. - 5.4Application form - Zackenberg Research Station, Greenland. - 5.5 Generalised application form based on best practice examples. - Appendices, Chapter 6 Health and safety. - 6.1Insurance statement, independent groups - Government of Greenland. - 6.2 Insurance statement, self-insured institutions - Government of Greenland. - 6.3 Risk assessment - Sermilik Research Station, Greenland. - 6.4 Declaration of indemnity - Samoylov Research Station/AWI, Russia/Germany. - Appendices, Chapter 7 Environmental management. - 7.1Example of generalised contents from Environmental Impact Assessment. - 7.2 EIA Screening Checklist with thought example (in grey text) - EU. - 7.3 Environmental impact and mitigation measures for research station operations. - Appendices, Chapter 9 Research and monitoring. - 9.1Example of research and monitoring strategy and working programme contents - Greenland Ecosystem Monitoring. - 9.2 Example of monitored variables - Abisko Scientific Research Station, Sweden. - Appendices, Chapter 11 Knowledge capture and data management. - 11.1 Development of local data capture and storing mechanism. - INDEX.
    Description / Table of Contents: INTERACT is a one-stop shop for access to research infrastructures in the Arctic and in alpine areas of the Northern Hemisphere. The main objective of INTERACT is to build capacity for identifying, understanding, predicting and responding to changes throughout the wide environmental and land-use envelopes of the Arctic and alpine areas of the Northern Hemisphere. The INTERACT network of field stations provides a unique platform for terrestrial sciences and the network hosts and operates top level research and monitoring projects and programmes within a wide range of scientific disciplines. This book is about management of arctic and northern alpine research stations. In the book, INTERACT's station managers share their knowledge and experiences gained from managing a set of very different research stations in very different environmental and climatic settings. The target audience for the book is mainly managers of research stations in arctic and alpine areas, but it is the hope that it will also be a useful tool for others being involved in science coordination and logistics, for example research institutions, chief scientists and expedition planners.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 324 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 1st ed.
    ISBN: 9788793129092
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Potsdam : IASC
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-14-0017
    In: IASC ... bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 130 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783981363760
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: AWI P1-14-0015 ; PIK N 454-14-0080
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: - 1 Land, Leute und Bodenschätze. - 1.1 Die Arktis und ihre Grenzen: eine physisch-geographische Einführung. - 1.2 Geologische Entwicklung und tektonischer Bau der Antarktis. - 1.3 Geschichte der antarktischen Entdeckungen. - 1.4 Abriss der Geschichte der Entdeckung der Arktis. - 1.5 Die indigenen Völker im Norden: frühere und gegenwärtige Entwicklungen. - 1.6 Die mittelalterliche Besiedlung Westgrönlands durch die Wikinger - ein fehlgeschlagenes Experiment?. - 1.7 Permafrost - ein weit verbreitetes Klimaphänomen der Arktis und Subarktis. - 1.8 Die Geologie der Arktis, ihre Bodenschätze und ihr rechtlicher Status. - 2 Meeresströmung, Stürme und Eis. - 2.1 Struktur, Dynamik und Bedeutung des antarktischen Wasserringes. - 2.2 Wassermassenänderungen im Arktischen Ozean. - 2.3 Änderungen in der Nordatlantischen Tiefenwasserbildung und ihre Auswirkungen auf das Europäische Klima. - 2.4 Roaring Forties und Riesenwellen - Gefahren im Südpolarmeer. - 2.5 Polare Mesozyklonen: Die Hurrikane der Polargebiete. - 2.6 Die Wechselwirkung zwischen antarktischen Schelfeisgebieten und dem Ozean und der Beitrag zur ozeanischen Wassermassenbildung. - 2.7 Die Massenbilanzen des antarktischen und grönländischen Inlandeises und der Charakter ihrer Veränderungen. - 2.8 Veränderung der Dicke und Ausdehnung des Polarmeereises. - 3 Flora, Fauna und Ökosysteme. - 3.1 Flora und Vegetation des terrestrischen Bereichs. - 3.2 Ökophysiologie und Wachstum arktischer Pflanzen im Klimawandel. - 3.3 Das Meereis als Lebensraum. - 3.4 Einfluss von Fischerei und Klima auf die Bestände des antarktischen Krill. - 3.5 Klimabedingte ökologische Veränderungen in den Bodenfaunen polarer Schelfmeere. - 3.6 Die Fische des Nord- und Südpolarmeeres. - 3.7 Vogelwelt der Polarregionen und ihre Gefährdung. - 3.8 Robben und Robbenschlag in der Antarktis. - 3.9 Arktische Robben und Eisbären - Auswirkungen von Klimaerwärmung und Ressourcennutzung. - 3.10 Warnsignale Walfang. - 3.11 Marine Biodiversität in den Polarregionen nach der Volkszählung der Meere. - 4 Das Weltklima und die Polarregionen. - 4.1 Wechselwirkungen zwischen arktischem Meereis und der atmosphärischen Zirkulation. - 4.2 Niederschläge in den Polarregionen und ihre Erfassung. - 4.3 Atmosphärische Messungen an der AWIPEV Station Spitzbergen. - 4.4 Das Polarlicht. - 4.5 Erwärmung der Polarregionen in den letzten 50 Jahren: Ursachen und Folgen. - 4.6 Verhalltes Warnsignal: Die Erwärmung ds Nordpolargebietes während der ersten Hälfte des 20. Jahrhunderts. - 4.7 Die Rolle ozeanischer Wärmetransporte für das Klima der Arktis im letzten Jahrtausend. - 4.8 Polareiskerne - Archive globaler Klima- und Umweltveränderungen. - 4.9 Die polaren Meeressedimente als Archiv des Weltklimas. - 4.10 Der katabatische Wind über den polaren Eisschilden. - 4.11 Meeresspiegelanstieg - Eisschilde, Gletscher und thermische Ausdehnung: eine kurze Übersicht. - 4.12 Anmerkungen über Veränderungen in den Eisströmen der Eisschilde. - 4.13 Permafrostbeeinflusste Böden (Kryosole) im Klimawandel. - 4.14 Methanhydrate in arktischen Sedimenten - Einfluss auf Klima und Stabilität der Kontinentalränder. - 5 Forschung, Gefährdung und Schutz. - 5.1 Über die deutschen Forschungsaktivitäten in den Polarregionen. - 5.2 Rückgang des Ozons in der Stratosphäre der Polarregionen. - 5.3 Ausbreitung von Schadstoffen in die Polarregionen. - 5.4 Anreicherung und Effekte von organischen Schadstoffen in der polaren Umwelt. - 5.5 Tourismus und seine Auswirkungen. - 5.6 Globale Gefahren durch intensive Nutzung der Taiga-Wälder. - 5.7 Die Nutzung von Öl- und Gasvorkommen in einer nahezu eisfreien Arktis. - 5.8 Antarktis im Spannungsfeld zwischen Forschung, Tourismus und Umweltschutz. - 5.9 Meeresschutzgebiete in der Antarktis: Lassen sich Schutz- und Fischerei-Interessen verbinden?. - 5.10 Gebietsstreitigkeiten in der Arktis - Ist eine friedliche Beilegung mittels Abgrenzung erreichbar?. - 5.11 Umweltschutz in einer Arktis im Wandel. - 6 Sachregister.
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Polarregionen üben trotz ihrer abgelegenen Lage einen erheblichen Einfluss auf das Weltklima aus. Dies hängt besonders mit den bedeutenden Kopplungsprozessen zwischen dem Eis (Eisschilde, Meereis, Schnee und Permafrost) und der atmosphärischen sowie ozeanischen Zirkulation zusammen. Das Abschmelzen aller polaren Eisschilde würde beispielsweise einen globalen Anstieg des Meeresspiegels um etwa 70 m bewirken. Aber auch schon geringe Schwankungen im polaren Eisvolumen führen zu merklichen Veränderungen des Meeresspiegels. Die Klima-Prognosen der letzen Jahre haben sich weitgehend bestätigt. Die heutigen Messungen zeigen sogar, dass sich das Klima eher schneller ändert als erwartet. Die beobachtete Erderwärmung während des 20. Jahrhunderts hat sich in diesem Jahrhundert fortgesetzt; zurzeit beträgt die mittlere globale Erwärmung über den Kontinenten bereit 0,9°C. Diese Entwicklung wird sich fortsetzen, wenn die Anreicherung der Atmosphäre mit Treibhausgasen (vor allem CO2) anhält. Besorgniserregend ist die Tatsache, dass die heute emittierten CO2-Mengen Jahrhunderte in der Atmosphäre verbleiben. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind vielfältig. Der Meeresspiegelanstieg stieg von 1,7 mm/Jahr in den 1970/80er Jahren auf jetzt 3 mm/Jahr. Der 5. Sachstandsbericht des IPCC (2013) gibt für den Zeitraum 1993 - 2010 einen globalen mittleren Meeresspiegelanstieg von 3,2 mm/Jahr an. Viele Inselstaaten und tief gelegene Küstenländer, die am wenigsten zur Erderwärmung beitragen, werden am härtesten von den Folgen betroffen sein. Sie sind nicht in der Lage, sich mit Dämmen zu schützen. Die Erwärmung ist am stärksten in der nördlichen Polarregion. Die eisbedeckte Fläche hat sich dort fast halbiert. Auch der Westantarktische Eisschild schrumpft; dort gehen 180 km3 Eis jährlich verlären. Zahlreiche polare Arten, zum Beispiel der Eisbär, drohen ihre Lebensräume zu verlieren. Wir befinden uns bereits jetzt in einem Klimawandel, der bei ungenügendem Klimaschutz zu Temperaturen führen kann, die die Erde seit mindestens einer Million Jahre nicht mehr erlebt hat. Studien zeigen, dass der Mensch maßgeblich für den jetzigen Klimawandel verantwortlich ist. Mit diesen und anderen Themen befassen sich rund 100 Experten im vorliegenden Buch. Die Beiträge sind leicht verständlich geschrieben.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 375 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783980966863
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Oxford : Oxford University Press
    Call number: AWI G2-14-0056
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: 1 An introduction to Antarctic lakes. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 History of Antarctic limnology and logistics. - 1.3 Climatic conditions in Antarctica. - 1.4 Glaciological history of Antarctica. - 1.5 Diversity of lakes. - 1.6 Lake types and geochemical conditions. - 1.6.1 Salinity. - 1.6.2 Redox conditions. - 1.6.3 Nutrient and organic carbon supply. - 1.6.4 Geochemical indicators of lake history. - 1.7 Geomorphology of Antarctic lakes. - 1.8 Antarctic lake biota. - 1.8.1 Archaea and Bacteria. - 1.8.2 Viruses. - 1.8.3 Protozoa. - 1.8.4 Algae. - 1.8.5 Rotifers. - 1.8.6 Crustaceans. - 1.8.7 Other invertebrates. - 1.9 Habitats in Antarctic lakes. - 2 Freshwater lakes. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Formation of freshwater lakes. - 2.3 Temperature and stratification. - 2.4 Water chernistry. - 2.5 The planktonic biota of freshwater lakes. - 2.5.1 Heterotrophic bacteria. - 2.5.2 Viruses. - 2.5.3 Protozoa. - 2.5.4 The phytoplankton. - 2.5.5 The zooplankton. - 2.6 Carbon cycling in the planktonic environment. - 2.6.1 Primary production. - 2.6.2 Bacterial production. - 2.6.3 Heterotrophic grazing. - 2.7 The benthic communities. - 2.7.1 Phototrophic benthic communities. - 2.7.2 Heterotrophic benthic communities. - 2.7.3 Carbon cycling in the benthos. - 3 Saline lakes. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Distribution of saline lakes in Antarctica. - 3.3 Formation of saline lakes. - 3.4 Patterns of stratification and temperature. - 3.5 Water chemistry. - 3.6 The planktonic biota of saline lakes. - 3.6.1 Heterotrophic Bacteria and Archaea. - 3.6.2 Photosynthetic bacteria. - 3.6.3 Viruses. - 3.6.4 Protozoa. - 3.6.5 Algae. - 3.6.6 Zooplankton. - 3.7 Carbon cycling in the plankton. - 3.7.1 Primary production. - 3.7.2 Bacterial production. - 3.7.3 Heterotrophic grazing and carbon cycling. - 3.8 The biota of saline Iake ice covers. - 3.9 The benthic community. - 3.10 Carbon cycling in the benthos. - 3.11 A unique Antarctic Iake - Lake Vida. - 4 Epishelf lakes. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Formation and physico/chemical characteristics of epishelf lakes. - 4.2.1 Geomorphology. - 4.2.2 Physico/chemical characteristics. - 4.3 The planktonic biota of epishelf lakes. - 4.4 Carbon cycling in the plankton of epishelf lakes. - 4.5 The benthic communities of epishelf lakes. - 5 Lakes and ponds on glaciers and ice shelves. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Supraglacial lakes. - 5.2.1 Types of cryolakes. - 5.2.2 The physical/chemical environment and biology of cryolakes. - 5.3 Ice shelf ponds and lakes. - 6 Subglacial lakes. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Distribution and physiographic characteristics of subglacial lakes in Antarctica. - 6.3 Detailed studies of subglacial lakes. - 6.3.1 Lake Vostok. - 6.3.2 Lake Ellsworth. - 6.3.3 Lake Whillans. - 6.3.4 Hodgson Lake. - 6.4 Formation of subglacial lakes and hydrological conditions. - 6.5 Geochemical conditions in subglacial lakes. - 6.6 The biota of subglacial lakes. - 7 Conclusions and future directions. - 7.1 Antarctic lakes in a global context. - 7.2 Inter-annual variations and Ionger-term trends. - 7.3 The gaps in the data - the way forward. - 7.4 Future directions. - Glossary. - References. - Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Antarctic continent carries the greatest diversity of Iake environments on the planet: freshwater and saline lakes, tidal freshwater epishelf lakes, lakes on ice shelves and glacier surfaces, and over three hundred subglacial lakes; extraordinary ecosystems that have been separated from the atmosphere for up to millions of years. This book provides a unique and cutting edge synthesis of Antarctic limnology, drawing together current knowledge on geomorphology, morphometry, chemistry, community structure and function. lt emphasises throughout the value of these near-pristine ecosystems as barometers of climate change, showing how responsive and vulnerable they are to the indirect impacts of anthropogenic activity. Antarctic Lakes begins with an introduction to their physical, chemical, and biological characteristics, providing a basis for understanding the subsequent detailed chapters on different Iake types, and ends with a chapter considering the application of new technologies to polar limnology as well as identifying future research directions. This accessible text is suitable for both senior undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in Antarctic and polar limnology, and will also be of broad interest to researchers working in the areas of polar science, microbial ecology (and extremophiles), climatology, glaciology, and astrobiology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 215 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 1st ed.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI S2-14-0042 ; M 15.0198
    Description / Table of Contents: This revised and updated edition focuses on constrained ordination (RDA, CCA), variation partitioning and the use of permutation tests of statistical hypotheses about multivariate data. Both classification and modern regression methods (GLM, GAM, loess) are reviewes and species functional traits and spatial structures are analysed. Nine case studies of varying difficulty help to illustrate the suggestes analytical methods, using the latest version of Canoco 5. All studies utilise descriptive and manipulative approaches, and are supported by data sets and project files available from the book website: http://regent.prf.jcu.cz/maed2/. Written primarily for community ecologists needing to analyse data resulting from field observations and experiments, this book is a valuable resource for students and researchers dealing with both simple and complex ecological problems, such as the variation of biotic communities with environmental conditions or their response to experimental manipulation.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 362 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2. ed.
    ISBN: 9781107694408 , 1-107-69440-X
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1 Introduction and datatypes. - 1.1 Why ordination?. - 1.2 Datatypes. - 1.3 Data transformation and standardisation. - 1.4 Missing values. - 1.5 Types of analyses. - 2 Using Canoco 5. - 2.1 Philosophy of Canoco 5. - 2.2 Data import and editing. - 2.3 Defining analyses. - 2.4 Visualising results. - 2.5 Beware, CANOCO 4.x users!. - 3 Experimental design. - 3.1 Completely randomised design. - 3.2 Randomised complete blocks. - 3.3 Latin square design. - 3.4 Pseudo replicates. - 3.5 Combining more than one factor. - 3.6 Following the development of objects in time: repeated observations. - 3.7 Experimental and observational data. - 4 Basics of gradient analysis. - 4.1 Techniques of gradient analysis. - 4.2 Models of response to gradients. - 4.3 Estimating species optima by weighted averaging. - 4.4 Calibration. - 4.5 Unconstrained ordination. - 4.6 Constrained ordination. - 4.7 Basic ordination techniques. - 4.8 Ordination axes as optimal predictors. - 4.9 Ordination diagrams. - 4.10 Two approaches. - 4.11 Testing significance of the relation with explanatory variables. - 4.12 Monte Carlo permutation tests for the significance of regression. - 4.13 Relating two biotic communities. - 4.14 Community composition as a cause: using reverse analysis. - 5.1 Permutation tests: the philosophy. - 5.2 Pseudo-F statistics and significance. - 5.3 Testing individual constrained axes. - 5.4 Tests with spatial or temporal constraints. - 5.5 Tests with hierarchical constraints. - 5.6 Simple versus conditional effects and stepwises election. - 5.7 Variation partitioning. - 5.8 Significance adjustment for multiple tests. - 6 Similarity measures and distance-based methods. - 6.1 Similarity measures for presence-absence data. - 6.2 Similarity measures for quantitative data. - 6.3 Similarity of cases versus similarity of communities. - 6.4 Similarity between species in trait values. - 6.5 Principal coordinates analysis. - 6.6 Constrained principal coordinates analysis (db-RDA). - 6.7 Non-metric multidimensional scaling. - 6.8 Mantel test. - 7.1 Example data set properties. - 7.2 Non-hierarchical classification (K-means clustering). - 7.3 Hierarchical classification. - 7.4 TWINSPAN. - 8 Regression methods. - 8.1 Regression models in general. - 8.2 General linear model: terms. - 8.3 Generalized linear models (GLM). - 8.4 Loess smoother. - 8.5 Generalized additive models (GAM). - 8.6 Mixed-effect models (LMM, GLMM and GAMM). - 8.7 Classification and regression trees (CART). - 8.8 Modelling species response curves with Canoco. - 9 Interpreting community composition with functional traits. - 9.1 Required data. - 9.2 Two approaches in traits - environment studies. - 9.3 Community-based approach. - 9.4 Species-based approach. - 10 Advanced use of ordination. - 10.1 Principal response curves (PRC). - 10.2 Separating spatial variation. - 10.3 Linear discriminant analysis. - 10.4 Hierarchical analysis of community variation. - 10.5 Partitioning diversity indices into alpha and beta components. - 10.6 Predicting community composition. - 11 Visualising multivariate data. - 11.1 Reading ordination diagrams of linear methods. - 11.2 Reading ordination diagrams of unimodal methods. - 11.3 Attribute plots. - 11.4 Visualising classification, groups, and sequences. - 11.5 T-value biplot. - 12 Case study 1: Variation in forest bird assemblages. - 12.1 Unconstrained ordination: portraying variation in bird community. - 12.2 Simple constrained ordination: the effect of altitude on bird community. - 12.3 Partial constrained ordination: additional effect of other habitat characteristics. - 12.4 Separating and testing alpha and beta diversity. - 13 Case study 2: Search for community composition patterns and their environmental correlates: vegetation of spring meadows. - 13.1 Unconstrained ordination. - 13.2 Constrained ordination. - 13.3 Classification. - 13.4 Suggestions for additional analyses. - 13.5 Comparing two communities. - 14 Case study 3: Separating the effects of explanatory variables. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Data. - 14.3 Changes in species richness and composition. - 14.4 Changes in species traits. - 15 Case study 4: Evaluation of experiments in randomised complete blocks. - 15.1 Introduction. - 15.2 Data. - 15.3 Analysis. - 15.4 Calculating ANOVA using constrained ordination. - 16 Case study 5: Analysis of repeated observations of species composition from a factorial experiment. - 16.1 Introduction. - 16.2 Experimental design. - 16.3 Data coding and use. - 16.4 Univariate analyses. - 16.5 Constrained ordinations. - 16.6 Principal response curves. - 16.7 Temporal changes across treatments. - 16.8 Changes in composition of functional traits. - 17 Case study 6: Hierarchical analysis of crayfish community variation. - 17.1 Data and design. - 17.2 Differences among sampling locations. - 17.3 Hierarchical decomposition of community variation. - 18 Case study 7: Analysis of taxonomic data with discriminant analysis and distance-based ordination. - 18.1 Data. - 18.2 Summarising morphological data with PCA. - 18.3 Linear discriminant analysis of morphological data. - 18.4 Principal coordinates analysis of AFLP data. - 18.5 Testing taxon differences in AFLP data using db-RDA. - 18.6 Taking populations into account. - 19 Case study 8: Separating effects of space and environment on oribatid community with PCNM. - 19.1 Ignoring the space. - 19.2 Detecting spatial trends. - 19.3 All-scale spatial variation of community and environment. - 19.4 Variation partitioning with spatial predictors. - 19.5 Visualising spatial variation. - 20 Case study 9: Performing linear regression with redundancy analysis. - 20.1 Data. - 20.2 Linear regression using program R. - 20.3 Linear regression with redundancy analysis. - 20.4 Fitting generalized linear models in Canoco. - Appendix A Glossary. - Appendix B Sample data sets and projects. - Appendix C Access to Canoco and overview of other software. - Appendix D Working with R. - References. - Index to useful tasks in Canoco 5. - Subject index.
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: AWI A2-14-0058 ; IASS 15.0029
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: 1 Das Wissen über den anthropogenen Klimawandel. - 1 .1 Die globale Erwärmung ist eindeutig: Beobachtungen des Klimasystems. - 1.1.1 Erwärmung der Atmosphäre. - 1.1.2 Erwärmung des Ozeans. - 1.1.3 Ozeanversauerung. - 1.1.4 Schmelzen der Eismassen. - 1.1.4.1 Meereis, gegenläufige Trends an den beiden Polen. - 1.1.4.2 Die Eisschilde Grönlands und der Antarktis. - 1.1.5 Meeresspiegelanstieg. - 1 .2 Fähigkeiten und Grenzen von Klimamodellen und Szenarien. - 1.2.1 Klima- und Erdsystemmodelle. - 1.2.2 Integrierte Analysemodelle. - 1.2.3 Emissionsszenarien. - 1 .3 Der menschliche Einfluss auf das Klima ist evident: zum Verständnis der Zusammenhänge. - 1 .4 CO2 aus fossilen Energieträgern - der Kern des Klimaproblems. - 1.4.1 Die Rolle von CO2. - 1.4.2 Andere klimawirksame Gase und Stoffe. - 1 .5 Die zukünftige Entwicklung des Klimas hängt stark vom menschlichen Handeln ab. - 1.5.1 Representative Concentration Pathways - Ein Blick in die Zukunft. - 1.5.1.1RCP 2.6: Ambitionierte Klimapolitik - Negative Emissionen. - 1.5.1.2 RCP 8.5: Der Pfad zur Klimakatastrophe - Business as usual. - 1.5.2 Potenzielle Instabilitäten des Klimasystems - das Risiko der Auslösung nichtlinearer Prozesse. - 1 .6 Beobachtete Auswirkungen des Klimawandels. - 1 .7 Die zukünftigen Auswirkungen des globalen Klimawandels auf die natürlichen Lebensgrundlagen der Menschheit. - 1.7.1 Gefährliche anthropogene Störung des Klimasystems: fünf Gefährdungslagen. - 1.7.2 Kernrisiken für den Erhalt der natürlichen Lebensgrundlagen. - 1.7.3 Kernrisiken für Sektoren und Regionen: Beispiele. - 1.7.3.1 Nahrungsproduktion und Ernährungssicherheit. - 1.7.3.2 Süßwasserdargebot. - 1.7.3.3 Städtische Verdichtungsräume. - 1.7.3.4 Menschliche Gesundheit. - 1.7.3.5 Verlust von Kulturerbe und kultureller Vielfalt. - 1.7.3.6 Konfliktfaktor Klimawandel. - 1.7.3.7 Migration. - 1.7.3.8 Ökosysteme und biologische Vielfalt. - 1.7.4 Regionale Herausforderungen. - 1.7.4.1 Europa. - 1.7.4.2 Afrika und Asien. - 1 .8 Den anthropogenen Klimawandel begrenzen. - 1.8.1 Transformationspfade zur Einhaltung der 2°C-Leitplanke. - 1.8.2 Handlungsfelder und Sektoren für den Klimaschutz. - 1.8.2.1 Energie. - 1.8.2.2 Transport. - 1.8.2.3 Gebäude. - 1.8.2.4 Industrie. - 1.8.2.5 Land- und Forstwirtschaft sowie weitere Landnutzung. - 1.8.2.6 Menschliche Siedlungen, Infrastruktur und Raumplanung. - 1.8.3 Großtechnische Eingriffe. - 1.8.3.1 Aktive Entfernung von CO2. - 1.8.3.2 Manipulation der Strahlungsbilanz. - 1 .9 Rahmenbedingungen für die Transformation zu einer klimaverträglichen Gesellschaft. - 1.9.1 Emissionstrends und ihre Treiber. - 1.9.2 Klimaschutz erfordert neue Investitionsmuster. - 1.9.3 Klimaschutzmaßnahmen und ihre Zusatznutzen. - 1.9.4 Akteure und Bündnisse für den Klimaschutz. - 1 .10 Kernbotschaften. - 2 Herausforderungen für einen gerechten Klimaschutz. - 2 .1 Die Einhaltung der 2°C-Leitplanke als zentrales Ziel im internationalen Klimaschutz. - 2 .2 Voraussetzungen für die Einhaltung der 2°C-Leitplanke. - 2 .3 Verantwortung für die Einhaltung der 2°C-Leitplanke. - 2.3.1 Das Nullemissionsziel als gemeinsame Verantwortung für alle Staaten. - 2.3.2 Das Nullemissionsziel als gemeinsame Verantwortung aller gesellschaftlichen Akteure. - 2.3.3 Eine neue Verantwortungsarchitektur für den Klimaschutz: Das Zusammenspiel zwischen Weltbürgerbewegung und Multilateralismus. - 2 .4 Kernbotschaften. - 3 Vorschlag für ein Pariser Klimaprotokoll 2015. - 3 .1 Leitkonzept: Prozeduralisierung der 2°C-Leitplanke. - 3 .2 Pariser Protokoll: Allgemeiner Teil. - 3.2.1 Wissenschaftliche Expertise rechtsverbindlich verankern. - 3.2.2 Größtmögliche Transparenz durch Information gewährleisten. - 3.2.3 Akzeptanz und Kontrolle durch Beteiligung fördern. - 3.2.4 Befolgung durch Klagerechte verbessern. - 3 .3 Pariser Protokoll: Besonderer Teil. - 3.3.1 Klimaschützende Maßnahmen. - 3.3.1.1 2°C-Leitplanke als rechtsverbindlichen Maßstab verankern. - 3.3.1.2 Globales Langfristziel verbindlich festlegen. - 3.3.1.3 Vertragsstaatliche Zusagen zur CO2-Reduktion und Überprüfungsverfahren (Pledge-and-Review- Verfahren). - 3.3.1.4 Berichterstattung klar strukturieren und verbindlich verankern. - 3.3.2 Anpassung: Fortführung und Stärkung vorhandener Maßnahmen. - 3.3.3 Verluste und Schäden: Warschau-Mechanismus ausbauen. - 3.3.4 Flexible Mechanismen. - 3.3.4.1 Die flexiblen Mechanismen im Kyoto-Protokoll. - 3.3.4.2 Zukünftige Nutzung flexibler Mechanismen. - 3.3.5 Ein Transformationsfonds für eine klimaverträgliche Wirtschaft. - 3.3.5.1 Vorschlag für einen Transformationsfonds. - 3.3.6 Finanzierung. - 3 .4 Kernbotschaften. - 4 Narrative und Laboratorien für aktiven Klimaschutz. - 4 .1 Die Vitalisierung internationaler Verhandlungen. - 4 .2 Modularer Multilateralismus. - 4.2.1 Staaten-Clubs. - 4.2.2 Club der Metropolen: das Beispiel C40 Climate Leadership Group. - 4 .3 Individuelle und kollektive Verantwortung. - 4.3.1 Politischer Konsum: Boykott und Buykott. - 4.3.2 Individueller Emissionshandel: Beispiel CO2-Kreditkarte. - 4.3.3 Transition-Town-Bewegung. - 4.3.4 Divestition. - 4.3.5 Anpassungsnetzwerke. - 4.3.6 Städtenetzwerke. - 4 .4 Normativer und kognitiver Paradigmenwechsel. - 4.4.1 Von Reallaboren bis zur Citizen Science - zum unterschätzten Potenzial einertransformativen Wissenschaft. - 4.4.2 Impulse aus Religionsgemeinschaften. - 4 .5 Wiedereinbettung der Märkte. - 4.5.1 Multi-Stakeholder-Initiativen. - 4.5.2 Nachhaltiges öffentliches Beschaffungswesen. - 4.5.3 Energiegenossenschaften. - 4.5.4 Privatwirtschaftliche Akteure und deren Zusammenschlüsse. - 4.5.5 Gemeinwohl-Ökonomie. - 4 .6 Das Zusammenspiel. - 4 .7 Handlungsempfehlungen. - 4.7.1 Modularer Multilateralismus. - 4.7.2 Individuelle und kollektive Verantwortung stärken. - 4.7.3 Wiedereinbettung der Märkte. - 4 .8 Kernbotschaften. - 5 Forschungsempfehlungen. - 5 .1 Transformationsforschung und transformative Forschung. - 5.1.1 Transformationsforschung. - 5.1.2 Transformative Forschung und Wissenskoproduktion. - 5.1.3 Institutionelle Impulse. - 5 .2 Global Governance für die Transformation zur klimaverträglichen Gesellschaft. - 5.2.1 Governance- und Gerechtigkeitsfragen. - 5.2.2 Gestaltung des Pariser Klimaprotokolls. - 5.2.3 Integrative Ansätze. - 5.2.4 Forschung zu Niedrigemissionstechnologien und zu großtechnischen Eingriffen. - 5 .3 Ausgewählte Laboratorien für eine Transformation zur klimaverträglichen Gesellschaft. - 5.3.1 Förderung von Experimenten und Reallaboren. - 5.3.2 Politischer Konsum. - 5.3.3 Wissenschaftliche Begleitung lokaler Transformationsinitiativen. - 5.3.4 Städtenetzwerke. - 5.3.5 Anpassungsnetzwerke. - 5.3.6 Desertec. - 5.3.7 Transformationserfordernisse und -barrieren in der Privatwirtschaft. - 5.3.8 Entwicklung handelbarer Emissionsrechte für Privathaushalte. - 5.3.9 Integration nachhaltiger und innovations orientierter Beschaffung. - 5 .4 Epilog. - 6 Synopse. - 7 Literatur.
    Description / Table of Contents: Der 5. Sachstandsbericht des Weltklimarates (IPCC) macht unmissverständlich klar: Inakzeptable Klimafolgen, die sich jenseits der 2°C-Leitplanke häufen dürften, können nur vermieden werden, wenn der weitere Anstieg der Treibhausgaskonzentration so bald wie möglich gestoppt wird. Der WBGU empfiehlt daher, die CO2-Emissionen aus fossilen Energieträgern bis spätestens 2070 auf Null zu senken. Dies ist ein ebenso ehrgeiziges wie prägnantes Politikziel, denn jedes Land, jede Kommune, jedes Unternehmen und jeder Bürger müssen - die Null schaffen-, wenn die Welt als Ganzes klimaneutral werden soll. Die 2°C-Linie kann allerdings nur gehalten werden, wenn zahlreiche Akteure - insbesondere die OECD-Staaten - schon deutlich früher ihre Emissionen herunterfahren. Der Weltgesellschaft als Ganzes steht ein eng begrenztes Kohlenstoffbudget zur Verfügung, so dass der Scheitelpunkt der Emissionen möglichst bis 2020, auf alle Fälle aber in der dritten Dekade erreicht werden sollte. Der WBGU umreißt in diesem Gutachten eine Doppelstrategie für den globalen Klimaschutz, die auf das Zusammenspiel von Multilateralismus und Zivilgesellschaft setzt. Dafür sollte zum einen das für Ende 2015 angestrebte Pariser Klimaabkommen bestimmte Merkmale aufweisen, die der Beirat benennt. Insbesondere sollte ein Prozess vereinbart werden, der die Einhaltung der 2°C-Leitplanke sicherstellt. Zum anderen sollten alle gesellschaftlichen Akteure ihre spezifischen Beiträge zur Dekarbonisierung leisten. So kann eine verschränkte Verantwortungsarchitektur für die Zukunft unseres Planeten entstehen, in der vertikales Delegieren und horizontales Engagieren keinen Gegensatz bilden, sondern sich wechselseitig verstärken.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 133 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783936191424
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI A6-15-0020
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gives a coherent development of the current understanding of the fluid dynamics of the middle latitude atmosphere. lt is primarily aimed at post-graduate and advanced undergraduate level students and does not assume any previous knowledge of fluid mechanics, meteorology or atmospheric science. The book will be an invaluable resource for any quantitative atmospheric scientist who wishes to increase their understanding of the subject. The importance of the rotation of the Earth and the stable stratification of its atmosphere, with their implications for the balance of larger-scale flows, is highlighted throughout. Clearly structured throughout, the first of three themes deals with the development of the basic equations for an atmosphere on a rotating, spherical planet and discusses scale analyses of these equations. The second theme explores the importance of rotation and introduces vorticity and potential vorticity, as well as turbulence. In the third theme, the concepts developed in the first two themes are used to give an understanding of balanced motion in real atmospheric phenomena. lt starts with quasi-geostrophic theory and moves on to linear and nonlinear theories for mid-latitude weather systems and their fronts. The potential vorticity perspective on weather systems is highlighted with a discussion of the Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing covered in the final chapter.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 408 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780470795194
    Series Statement: Advancing weather and climate science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Series foreword. - Preface. - Select bibliography. - The authors. - 1 Observed flow in the Earth's midlalitudes. - 1.1 Vertical structure. - 1.2 Horizontal structure. - 1.3 Transient activity. - 1.4 Scales of motion. - 1.5 The Norwegian frontal model of cyclones. - Theme 1 Fluid dynamics of the midlatitude atmosphere. - 2 Fluid dynamics in an inertial frame of reference. - 2.1 Definition of fluid. - 2.2 Flow variables and the continuum hypothesis. - 2.3 Kinematics: characterizing fluid flow. - 2.4 Governing physical principles. - 2.5 Lagrangian and Eulerian perspectives. - 2.6 Mass conservation equation. - 2.7 First Law of Thermodynamics. - 2.8 Newton's Second Law of Motion. - 2.9 Bernoulli's Theorem. - 2.10 Heating and water vapour. - 3 Rotating frames of reference. - 3.1 Vectors in a rotating frame of reference. - 3.2 Velocity and Acceleration. - 3.3 The momentum equation in a rotating frame. - 3.4 The centrifugal pseudo-force. - 3.5 The Coriolis pseudo-force. - 3.6 The Taylor-Proudman theorem. - 4 The spherical Earth. - 4.1 Spherical polar coordinates. - 4.2 Scalar equations. - 4.3 The momentum equations. - 4.4 Energy and angular momentum.- 4.5 The shallow atmosphere approximation. - 4.6 The beta effect and the spherical Earth. - 5 Scale analysis and its applications. - 5.1 Principles of scaling methods. - 5.2 The use of a reference atmosphere. - 5.3 The horizontal momentum equations. - 5.4 Natural coordinates, geostrophic and gradient wind balance. - 5.5 Vertical motion. - 5.6 The vertical momentum equation. - 5.7 The mass continuity equation. - 5.8 The thermodynamic energy equation. - 5.9 Scalings for Rossby numbers that are not small. - 6 Alternative vertical coordinates. - 6.1 A general vertical coordinate. - 6.2 Isobaric coordinates. - 6.3 Other pressure-based vertical coordinates. - 6.4 Isentropic coordinates. - 7 Variations of density and the basic equations. - 7.1 Boussinesq approximation. - 7.2 Anelastic approximation. - 7.3 Stratification and gravity waves. - 7.4 Balance, gravity waves and Richardson number. - 7.5 Summary of the basic equation sets. - 7.6 The energy of atmospheric motions. - Theme 2 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8.1 The concept of vorticity. - 8.2 The vorticity equation. - 8.3 The vorticity equation for approximate sets of equations. - 8.4 The solenoidal term. - 8.5 The expansion/contraction term. - 8.6 The stretching and tilting terms. - 8.7 Friction and vorticity. - 8.8 The vorticity equation in alternative vertical coordinates. - 8.9 Circulation. - 9 Vorticity and the barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.1 The barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.2 Poisson's equation and vortex interactions. - 9.3 Flow over a shallow hill. - 9.4 Ekman pumping. - 9.5 Rossby waves and the beta plane. - 9.6 Rossby group velocity. - 9.7 Rossby ray tracing. - 9.8 Inflexion point instability. - 10 Potential vorticity. - 10.1 Potential vorticity. - 10.2 Alternative derivations of Ertel's theorem. - 10.3 The principle of invertibility. - 10.4 Shallow water equation potential vorticity. - 11 Turbulence and atmospheric flow. - 11.1 The Reynolds number . - 11.2 Three-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.3 Two-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.4 Vertical mixing in a stratified fluid. - 11.5 Reynolds stresses. - Theme 3 Balance in atmospheric flow. - 12 Quasi-geostrophic flows. - 12.1 Wind and temperature in balanced flows. - 12.2 The quasi-geostrophic approximation. - 12.3 Quasi-geostrophic potential vorticity. - 12.4 Ertel and quasi-geostrophic potential vorticities. - 13 The omega equation. - 13.1 Vorticity and thermal advection form. - 13.2 Sutcliffe Form. - 13.3 Q-vector form. - 13.4 Ageostrophic flow and the maintenance of balance. - 13.5 Balance and initialization. - 14 Linear theories of baroclinic instability. - 14.1 Qualitative discussion. - 14.2 Stability analysis of a zonal flow. - 14.3 Rossby wave interpretation of the stability conditions. - 14.4 The Eady model. - 14.5 The Charney and other quasi-geostrophic models. - 14.6 More realistic basic states. - 14.7 Initial value problem. - 15 Frontogenesis. - 15.1 Frontal scales. - 15.2 Ageostrophic circulation. - 15.3 Description of frontal collapse. - 15.4 The semi-geostrophic Eady model. - 15.5 The confluence model. - 15.6 Upper-level frontogenesis. - 16 The nonlinear development of baroclinic waves. - 16.1 The nonlinear domain. - 16.2 Semi-geostrophic baroclinic waves. - 16.3 Nonlinear baroclinic waves on realistic jetson the sphere. - 16.4 Eddy transports and zonal mean flow changes. - 16.5 Energetics of baroclinic waves. - 17 The potential vorticity perspective. - 17.1 Setting the scene. - 17.2 Potential vorticity and vertical velocity. - 17.3 Life cycles of some baroclinic waves. - 17.4 Alternative perspectives. - 17.5 Midlatitude blocking. - 17.6 Frictional and heating effects. - 18 Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing. - 18.1 Rossby wave propagation. - 18.2 Propagation of Rossby waves into the stratosphere. - 18.3 Propagation through a slowly varying medium. - 18.4 The Eliassen-Palm flux and group velocity. - 18.5 Baroclinic life cycles and Rossby waves. - 18.6 Variations of amplitude. - 18.7 Rossby waves and potential vorticity steps. - 18.8 Potential vorticity steps and the Rhines scale. - Appendices. - Appendix A: Notation. - Appendix B: Revision of vectors and vector calculus. - B.1 Vectors and their algebra. - B.2 Products of vectors. - B.3 Scalar fields and the grad operator. - B.4 The divergence and curl operators. - B.5 Gauss' and Stokes' theorems. - B.6 Some useful vector identities. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI A11-15-89031
    Description / Table of Contents: Thermodynamics, Kinetics and Microphysics of Clouds presents a unified theoretical foundation that provides the basis for incorporating cloud microphysical processes in cloud and climate models. In particular, the book provides: • a theoretical basis for understanding the processes of cloud particle formation, evolution and precipitation, with emphasis on spectral cloud microphysics based on numerical and analytical solutions of the kinetic equations for the drop and crystal size spectra along with the supersaturation equation; • the latest detailed theories and parameterizations of drop and crystal nucleation suitable for cloud and climate models derived from the general principles of thermodynamics and kinetics; • a platform for advanced parameterization of clouds in weather prediction and climate models; • the scientific foundation for weather and climate modification by cloud seeding. This book will be invaluable for researchers and advanced students engaged in cloud and aerosol physics, and air pollution and climate research.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 782 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-1-107-01603-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1. Relations among Thermodynamics, Kinetics, and Cloud Microphysics. - 1.2. The Correspondence Principle. - 1.3. Structure of the Book. - 2. Clouds and Their Properties. - 2.1. Cloud Classification. - 2.2. Cloud Regimes and Global Cloud Distribution. - 2.2.1. Large-Scale Condensation in Fronts and Cyclones. - 2.2.2. Sc-St Clouds and Types of Cloud-Topped Boundary Layer. - 2.2.3. Convective Cloudiness in the Intertropical Convergence Zone. - 2.2.4. Orographic Cloudiness. - 2.3. Cloud Microphysical Properties. - 2.4. Size Spectra and Moments. - 2.4.1. Inverse Power Laws. - 2.4.2. Lognormal Distributions. - 2.4.3. Algebraic Distributions. - 2.4.4. Gamma Distributions. - 2.5. Cloud Optical Properties. - Appendix A.2. Evaluation of the Integrals with Lognormal Distribution. - 3. Thermodynamic Relations. - 3.1. Thermodynamic Potentials. - 3.2. Statistical Energy Distributions. - 3.2.1. The Gibbs Distribution. - 3.2.2. The Maxwell Distribution. - 3.2.3. The Boltzmann Distribution. - 3.2.4. Bose–Einstein Statistics. - 3.2.5. Fermi–Dirac Statistics. - 3.3. Phase Rules. - 3.3.1. Bulk Phases. - 3.3.2. Systems with Curved Interfaces. - 3.4. Free Energy and Equations of State. - 3.4.1. An Ideal Gas. - 3.4.2. Free Energy and the van der Waals Equation of State for a Non-Ideal Gas. - 3.5. Thermodynamics of Solutions. - 3.6. General Phase Equilibrium Equation for Solutions. - 3.6.1. General Equilibrium Equation. - 3.6.2. The Gibbs–Duhem Relation. - 3.7. The Clausius–Clapeyron Equation. - 3.7.1. Equilibrium between Liquid and Ice Bulk Phases. - 3.7.2. Equilibrium of a Pure Water Drop with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.3. Equilibrium of an Ice Crystal with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.4. Humidity Variables. - 3.8. Phase Equilibrium for a Curved Interface - The Kelvin Equation. - 3.9. Solution Effects and the Köhler Equation. - 3.10. Thermodynamic Properties of Gas Mixtures and Solutions. - 3.10.1. Partial Gas Pressures in a Mixture of Gases. - 3.10.2. Equilibrium of Two Bulk Phases around a Phase Transition Point. - 3.10.3. Raoult’s Law for Solutions. - 3.10.4. Freezing Point Depression and Boiling Point Elevation. - 3.10.5. Relation of Water Activity and Freezing Point Depression. - 3.11. A diabatic Processes. - 3.11.1. Dry Adiabatic Processes. - 3.11.2. Wet Adiabatic Processes. - Appendix A.3. Calculation of Integrals with the Maxwell Distribution. - 4. Properties of Water and Aqueous Solutions. - 4.1. Properties of Water at Low Temperatures and High Pressures. - 4.1.1. Forms of Water at Low Temperatures. - 4.1.2. Forms of Water at High Pressures. - 4.2. Theories of Water. - 4.3. Temperature Ranges in Clouds and Equivalence of Pressure and Solution Effects. - 4.4. Parameterizations of Water and Ice Thermodynamic Properties. - 4.4.1. Saturated Vapor Pressures. - 4.4.2. Heat Capacity of Water and Ice. - 4.4.3. Latent Heats of Phase Transitions. - 4.4.4. Surface Tension between Water and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.5. Surface Tension between Ice and Water or Solutions. - 4.4.6. Surface Tension between Ice and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.7 Density of Water. - 4.4.8. Density of Ice. - 4.5. Heat Capacity and Einstein-Debye Thermodynamic Equations of State for Ice. - 4.6. Equations of State for Ice in Terms of Gibbs Free Energy. - 4.7. Generalized Equations of State for Fluid Water. - 4.7.1. Equations of the van der Waals Type and in Terms of Helmholtz Free Energy. - 4.7.2. Equations of State Based on the Concept of the Second Critical Point. - Appendix A.4. Relations among Various Pressure Units. - 5. Diffusion and Coagulation Growth of Drops and Crystals. - 5.1. Diffusional Growth of Individual Drops. - 5.1.1. Diffusional Growth Regime. - 5.1.2. The Kinetic Regime and Kinetic Corrections to the Growth Rate. - 5.1.3. Psychrometric Correction Due to Latent Heat Release. - 5.1.4. Radius Growth Rate. - 5.1.5. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.2. Diffusional Growth of Crystals. - 5.2.1. Mass Growth Rates. - 5.2.2. Axial Growth Rates. - 5.2.3. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.3. Equations for Water and Ice Supersaturations. - 5.3.1. General Form of Equations for Fractional Water Supersaturation. - 5.3.2. Supersaturation Relaxation Times and Their Limits. - 5.3.3. E quation for Water Supersaturation in Terms of Relaxation Times. - 5.3.4. Equivalence of Various Forms of Supersaturation Equations. - 5.3.5. Equation for Fractional Ice Supersaturation. - 5.3.6. Equilibrium Supersaturations over Water and Ice. - Liquid Clouds. - Ice Clouds. - Mixed Phase Clouds. - 5.3.7. A diabatic Lapse Rates with Non zero Supersaturations. - 5.4. The Wegener–Bergeron–Findeisen Process and Cloud Crystallization. - 5.5. Kinetic Equations of Condensation and Deposition in the Adiabatic Process. - 5.5.1. Derivation of the Kinetic Equations. - 5.5.2. Some Properties of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.3. Analytical Solution of the Kinetic Equations of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.4. Equation for the Integral Supersaturation. - 5.6. Kinetic Equations of Coagulation. - 5.6.1. Various Forms of the Coagulation Equation. - 5.6.2. Collection Kernels for Various Coagulation Processes. - Brownian Coagulation. - Gravitational Coagulation. - 5.7. Thermodynamic and Kinetic Equations for Multidimensional Models. - 5.8. Fast Algorithms for Microphysics Modules in Multidimensional Models. - 6. Wet Aerosol Processes. - 6.1. Introduction. - 6.1.1. Empirical Parameterizations of Hygroscopic Growth. - 6.1.2. Empirical Parameterizations of Droplet Activation. - 6.2. Equilibrium Radii. - 6.2.1. Equilibrium Radii at Subsaturation. - 6.2.2. Equilibrium Radii of Interstitial Aerosol in a Cloud. - 6.3. Critical Radius and Supersaturation. - 6.4. Aerosol Size Spectra. - 6.4.1. Lognormal and Inverse Power Law Size Spectra. - 6.4.2. Approximation of the Lognormal Size Spectra by the Inverse Power Law. - 6.4.3. Examples of the Lognormal Size Spectra, Inverse Power Law, and Power Indices. - 6.4.4. Algebraic Approximation of the Lognormal Distribution. - 6.5. Transformation of the Size Spectra of Wet Aerosol at Varying Humidity. - 6.5.1. Arbitrary Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.2. Lognormal Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.3. Inverse Power Law Spectrum. - 6.5.4. Algebraic Size Spectra. - 6.6. CCN Differential Supersaturation Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.1. A rbitrary Dry Aerosol Size Spectrum. - 6.6.2. Lognormal Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.3. Algebraic Activity Spectrum. - 6.7. Droplet Concentration and the Modified Power Law for Drops Activation. - 6.7.1. Lognormal and Algebraic CCN Spectra. - 6.7.2. Modified Power Law for the Drop Concentration. - 6.7.3. Supersaturation Dependence of Power Law Parameters. - Appendix A.6. Solutions of Cubic Equations for Equilibrium and Critical Radii. - 7. Activation of Cloud Condensation Nuclei into Cloud Drops. - 7.1. Introduction. - 7.2. Integral Supersaturation in Liquid Clouds with Drop Activation. - 7.3. Analytical Solutions to the Supersaturation Equation. - 7.4. Analytical Solutions for the Activation Time, Maximum Supersaturation, and Drop Concentration. - 7.5. Calculations of CCN Activation Kinetics. - 7.6. Four Analytical Limits of Solution. - 7.7. Limit #1: Small Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.7.1. Lower Bound. - 7.7.2. Upper Bound. - 7.7.3. Comparison with Twomey’s Power Law. - 7.8. Limit #2: Small Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.8.1. Lower Bound. - 7.8.2. Upper Bound. - 7.9. Limit #3: Large Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.9.1. Lower Bound. - 7.9.2. Upper Bound. - 7.10. Limit #4: Large Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.10.1. Lower Bound. - 7.10.2. Upper Bound. - 7.11. Interpolation Equations and Comparison with Exact Solutions. - Appendix A.7. Evaluation of the Integrals J2 and J3 for Four Limiting Cases. - 8. Homogeneous Nucleation. - 8.1. Metastable States and Nucleation of a New Phase. - 8.2. Nucleation Rates for Condensation and Deposition. - 8.2.1. Application of Boltzmann Statistics. - 8.2.2. The Fokker–Planck
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91738
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 716 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 9780123877826
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgments. - 1. Data Acquisition and Recording. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Basic Sampling Requirements. - 1.3 Temperature. - 1.4 Salinity. - 1.5 Depth or Pressure. - 1.6 Sea-Level Measurement. - 1.7 Eulerian Currents. - 1.8 Lagrangian Current Measurements. - 1.9 Wind. - 1.10 Precipitation. - 1.11 Chemical Tracers. - 1.12 Transient Chemical Tracers. - 2. Data Processing and Presentation. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Calibration. - 2.3 Interpolation. - 2.4 Data Presentation. - 3. Statistical Methods and Error Handling. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Sample Distributions. - 3.3 Probability. - 3.4 Moments and Expected Values. - 3.5 Common PDFs. - 3.6 Central Limit Theorem. - 3.7 Estimation. - 3.8 Confidence Intervals. - 3.9 Selecting the Sample Size. - 3.10 Confidence Intervals for Altimeter-Bias Estimates. - 3.11 Estimation Methods. - 3.12 Linear Estimation (Regression). - 3.13 Relationship between Regression and Correlation. - 3.14 Hypothesis Testing. - 3.15 Effective Degrees of Freedom. - 3.16 Editing and Despiking Techniques: The Nature of Errors. - 3.17 Interpolation: Filling the Data Gaps. - 3.18 Covariance and the Covariance Matrix. - 3.19 The Bootstrap and Jackknife Methods. - 4. The Spatial Analyses of Data Fields. - 4.1 Traditional Block and Bulk Averaging. - 4.2 Objective Analysis. - 4.3 Kriging. - 4.4 Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.5 Extended Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.6 Cyclostationary EOFs. - 4.7 Factor Analysis. - 4.8 Normal Mode Analysis. - 4.9 Self Organizing Maps. - 4.10 Kalman Filters. - 4.11 Mixed Layer Depth Estimation. - 4.12 Inverse Methods. - 5. Time Series Analysis Methods. - 5.1 Basic Concepts. - 5.2 Stochastic Processes and Stationarity. - 5.3 Correlation Functions. - 5.4 Spectral Analysis. - 5.5 Spectral Analysis (Parametric Methods). - 5.6 Cross-Spectral Analysis. - 5.7 Wavelet Analysis. - 5.8 Fourier Analysis. - 5.9 Harmonic Analysis. - 5.10 Regime Shift Detection. - 5.11 Vector Regression. - 5.12 Fractals. - 6. Digital Filters. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Basic Concepts. - 6.3 Ideal Filters. - 6.4 Design of Oceanographic Filters. - 6.5 Running-Mean Filters. - 6.6 Godin-Type Filters. - 6.7 Lanczos-window Cosine Filters. - 6.8 Butterworth Filters. - 6.9 Kaiser-Bessel Filters. - 6.10 Frequency-Domain (Transform) Filtering. - References. - Appendix A: Units in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix B: Glossary of Statistical Terminology. - Appendix C: Means, Variances and Moment,Generating Functions for Some Common Continuous Variables. - Appendix D: Statistical Tables. - Appendix E: Correlation Coefficients at the 5% and 1% Levels of Significance for Various Degrees of Freedom v. - Appendix F: Approximations and Nondimensional Numbers in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix G: Convolution. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93993
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: III, 127 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2014 , Table of contents I - Abstract II - Zusammenfassung Chapter 1 - Introduction 1.1. Introduction 1.1.1 Motivation 1.1.2 Organisation of thesis 1.1 Scientific background 1.2.1 Arctic and wetland bryophytes 1.2.2 Bryophyte remains as palaeo-environmental indicators 1.2.3 Regional setting 1.3 Objectives ofthe thesis 1.4 Overview of the manuscripts 1.5 Contribution of the authors Chapter 2 - Manuscript #1 Abstract 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Geographic setting 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Fieldwork 2.3.2 Radiocarbon dating 2.3.3 Geochemical, stable carbon isotope, and granulometric analyses 2.3.4 Analyses of moss remains and vascular plant macrofossils 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Diatom analysis 2.3.7 Statistical analysis 2.4 Results 2.4.1 High-resolution spatial characteristics oft the investigated polygon and vegetation pattern 2.4.2 Geochronology and age-depth relationships 2.4.3 General properties of the sedimentary fill 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization oftwo different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #11 Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential ofvascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization of two different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #II Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential of vascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 - Manuscript #3 Abstract 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Material and methods 4.2.1 Sites 4.2.2 Sampling 4.2.3 Investigated moss species 4.2.4 Measurements 4.2.5 Statistical Tests 4.3 Results 4.4 Discussion Chapter 5 - Discussion 5.1 Bryophytes of polygonal landscapes in Siberia 5.1.1 Modern bryophytes in the Siberian Arctic 5.1.2 Biochemical and isotopic characteristics of mosses 5.1.3 Reliability and potential of fossil bryophyte remains as palaeoproxies 5.2 Dynamics of low-centred polygons during the late Holocene 5.3 Outlook Appendix I - Preliminary Report Motivation Material and methods Results and first interpretation Appendix II Additional tables and figures of manuscript #1 Appendix III Additional figures of manuscript #2 Appendix IV - Quantitative approach of Standard Moss Stem (SMS3) Bibliography Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: AWI G4-22-94837
    Description / Table of Contents: This monograph summarizes many years of theoretical, laboratory and field studies on the chemistry of groundwater, including cryopegs, and frozen sediments in the permafrost zone of Central Yakutia. Based on analysis of the research findings, it offers solutions to a number of scientific and applied problems; it also presents water, ice and icy-sediment sampling methods for chemical analyses. Several case studies are provided to show how these findings can be used in engineering site investigations, as well as in geocryological and hydrogeological studies in permafrost regions. The book is intended for hydrogeologists, geocryologists, hydrologists, reclamation experts, ecologists and other specialists working in permafrost regions, as well as a textbook for students studying geology and geography.
    Description / Table of Contents: Монография является обобщением многолетних теоретических, лабораторных и полевых исследований химического состава подземных вод, включая криопэги, и мерзлых отложений в специфических условиях криолитозоны Центральной Якутии. На основе анализа материалов исследований решен ряд научных и практических задач, разработана методика отбора проб воды, льда и ледяных отложений дл.я химических анализов. На конкре'l'НЫХ примерах рассматриваете. я возможность использования полученных результатов при проведении инженерно-геологических изысканий, геокрилогических и гидрогеологических исследований в области распространения многолетнемерзлых пород. Книга предназначена дл.я гидрогеологов, геокриологов, гидрологов, мелиораторов, экологов и других специалистов, работающих в области распространения многолетнемерзлых пород, а также может быть рекомендована в качестве учебного пособия для студентов геолого-географического профиля.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 185 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-906284-56-3
    Language: Russian
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction Chapter 1. CRYOGENIC FACTORS CONTROLLING GROUNDWATER CHEMISTRY IN PERMAFROST ZONE DURING FREEZING OF WATER-BEARING MATERIALS 1.1. Physicochemical processes in freezing water-saturated rocks 1.2. Silica, fluorine, and biogenic- and organic-matter contents of groundwater in permafrost zone Chapter 2. CONTROLS ON CHEMISTRY OF LAKE WATER, TALIKS, AND BOTOOM SEDIMENTS 2.1. Chemical investigations of lake water and sediments in Central Yakutia 2.2. Chemical composition of mud solutions in lake sediments as a paleohydrologic indicator Chapter 3. CONTROLS ON CHEMISTRY OF ACTIVE-LA YER SUPRAPERMAFROST WATER AND TALIK WATER 3.1. Cryogenic factors con trolling the chemistry of active-layer suprapermafrost water 3.2. Controls on chemistry of intrapermafrost water in subaerial discharge areas 3.3. Chemical composition of groundwater in river, lake, and other types of taliks in the middle Lena valley Chapter 4. FORMATION OF CRYOPEGS 4.1. Natural conditions and anthropogenic factors for cryopeg formation 4.2. Investigations of the regime and dynamics of anthropogenic cryopegs in the Yakutsk area 4.3. Ground temperature regime in cryopegs areas 4.4. Changes in permafrost hydrogeochemistry in buit-up areas Chapter 5. CONTROLS ON CHEMISTRY OF FROZEN LOOSE DEPOSITS 5.1. Effect of the freezing process on salinity of frozen alluvial deposits 5.2. Changes in solute concentrations in permafrost deposits Chapter 6. PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS OF CRYOHYDROGEOCHEMICAL RELATIONSHIPS 6.1. The potential use of the icing process for improving water quality 6.2. Reconstruction of the water composition and mineralization of an icing-forming spring from hydrochemical analysis of ice samples 6.3. Improvement of the drinking quality of lake water Chapter 7. METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES IN CRYOHYDROGEOCHEMICAL RESEARCH 7.1. Potential sources of error in groundwater sampling in permafrost zone 7.2. Hydrochemical investigation of ground ice 7.3. Frozen soil sampling for chemical analysis 7.4. Hydrogeochemical monitoring in cryopeg areas 7.5. Application of the hydrogeochemical method for predicting cryopeg development 7.6. Chemical classification of natural water and presentation of analysis data Conclusions References. , ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ Введение Глава 1. РОЛЬ КРИОГЕННЫХ ФАКТОРОВ В ФОРМИРОВАНИИ ХИМИЧЕСКОГО СОСТАВА ПОДЗЕМНЫХ ВОД КРИОЛИТОЗОНЫ В ПРОЦЕССЕ ПРОМЕРЗАНИЯ ВОДОНОСНЫХ ПОРОД 1.1. Физико-химические процессы в промерзающих водонасы-щенных породах 1.2. Содержание кремнекислоты, фтора, биогенных и органических веществ в подземных водах криолитозоны Глава 2. ОСОБЕННОСТИ ФОРМИРОВАНИЯ ХИМИЧЕСКОГО СОСТАВА ВОДЫ ОЗЕР, ПОДОЗЕРНЫХ ТАЛИКОВ И ДОННЫХ ОТЛОЖЕНИЙ 2.1. Исследования химического состава воды озер и донных отложений Центральной Якутии 2.2. Химический состав иловых растворов озерных осадков как палеогидрологический показатель Глава 3. ФОРМИРОВАНИЕ ХИМИЧЕСКОГО СОСТАВА НАДМЕРЗЛОТНЫХ ВОД СЕЗОННОТАЛОГО СЛОЯ И ТАЛИКОВЫХ ВОД 3.1. Криогенные факторы формирования химического состава надмерзлотных вод сезонноталого слоя 3.2. Особенности формирования химического состава подземных межмерзлотных вод на участках их субаэральной разгрузки 3.3. Химический состав подземных вод подрусловых, подозерных и других видов таликов в долине среднего течения р. Лены Глава 4. ОСОБЕННОСТИ ФОРМИРОВАНИЯ КРИОПЭГОВ 4.1. Естественные условия и техногенные факторы формирования криопэгов 4. 2. Изучение режима и динамики техногенных криопэгов на территории г. Якутска 4.3. Температурный режим пород на участках распространения криопэгов 4.4. Изменения мерзлотно-гидрогеохимических условий на освоенных площадях Глава 5. ФОРМИРОВАНИЕ ХИМИЧЕСКОГО СОСТАВА МЕРЗЛЫХ РЫХЛЫХ ОТЛОЖЕНИЙ 5 .1. Влияние условий промерзания на формирование засоленности мерзлых аллювиальных отложений 5.2. Изменение содержания водорастворимых веществ в многолетнемерзлых рыхлых отложениях Глава 6. ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ КРИОГИДРОГЕОХИМИЧЕСКИХ ЗАКОНОМЕРНОСТЕЙ В ПРИКЛАДНЫХ ЦЕЛЯХ 6.1. О возможности использования процесса наледеобразования для улучшения качества воды 6.2. Воссоздание состава и минерализации воды наледеобразующего источника по данным гидрохимического опробования льда 6.3. Улучшение питьевых качеств озерных вод Глава 7. МЕТОДИЧЕСКИЕ ВОПРОСЫ КРИОГИДРОГЕОХИМИЧЕСКИХ ИССЛЕДОВАНИЙ 7.1. Ошибки, возможные при гидрохимическом опробовании подземных вод криолитозоны 7. 2. Особенности гидрохимических исследований подземных льдов 7 .3. Специфика отбора проб мерзлых пород для химического анализа 7.4. Особенности проведения режимных гидрогеохимических наблюдений на площадях развития криопэгов 7.5. Применение гидрогеохимического метода для прогноза мест формирования криопэгов 7.6. Классификация природных вод по химическому составу и оформление данных анализа Заключение Литература , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Nordeuropa-Inst. der Humboldt-Univ.
    Call number: AWI P5-17-91081
    Description / Table of Contents: Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands have in common their history as Danish dependencies within a historically and geographically coherent region. The complex aftermaths of Denmark's sovereignty over its North Atlantic territories and their ongoing nation building processes lie at the core of this book. Today, we are witnessing region building processes beyond bilateral links to Denmark. How do the countries position themselves, individually and collectively, vis-à-vis the European metropolitan centres, a larger transcontinental North Atlantic region, the "hot" Arctic, and global histories of colonialism and decolonisation? By examining the region from cultural, literary, historical, political, anthropological and linguistic perspectives, the articles in this book shed light on Nordic colonialism and its understanding as "exceptional", and challenge and modify established notions of postcolonialism. Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands are shown to be both the (former) subjects as well as the producers of cultural hierarchisations in an entangled world.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 422 S.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783932406355
    Series Statement: Berliner Beiträge zur Skandinavistik 20
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: AWI S6-16-89182
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 51 S.
    Edition: September 2015
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Potsdam : IASC
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-16-89748
    In: IASC ... bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 118 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-3-9813637-9-1
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Note: Content: Preface. - 1. IASC Internal Development. - IASC Organization. - IASC Council. - Executive Committee. - Secretariat. - IASC Review. - New Member Country Portugal. - ISIRA. - 2. IASC Working Groups. - Atmosphere Working Group. - Cryosphere Working Group. - Marine Working Group. - Social and Human Working Group. - Terrestrial Working Group. - 3. IASC Networks. - Arctic Coastal Dynamics Network (ACD). - Arctic Freshwater System Synthesis Network (AFS). - Arctic in Rapid Transition Network (ART). - Circum-Arctic Lithosphere Evolution Network (CALE). - INTERACT. - Network on Arctic Glaciology (NAG). - Polar Archaeology Network (PAN). - Palaeo-Arctic Spatial and Temporal Gateways Network (PAST Gateways). - 4. Arctic Science Summit Week 2015. - ICARP III / ISAR-4 Opening Session. - Toyama Conference Statement. - IASC's 25th Anniversary. - IASC Award for Service. - Indigenous participants. - Upcoming ASSWs 2016-2018. - 5. Data and observations. - Arctic Data Committee (ADC). - Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON). - Arctic Observing Summit (AOS). - 6. Partnerships. - Ice Sheet Mass Balance and Sea Level (ISMASS). - 7. Capacity Building. - IASC Fellowship Program. - Overview of supported Early Career Scientists. - 8. Publications. - IASC History Publication. - Arctic Freshwater Synthesis. - Emerging Questions in Arctic Geosciences. - Annex. - List of Acronyms and Abbreviations.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: AWI S6-21-94459
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 42 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Stand: März 2014
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book described the current status and possible future changes of the thermokarst (thaw) lakes of western Siberia as dominant forms of landscape and regulators of greenhouse gas exchange within the atmosphere. Thawing permafrost and resulting microbial decomposition of previously frozen organic carbon is one of the most significant terrestrial ecosystem positive feedbacks to a warming climate. Ongoing processes of the permafrost thawing in Western Siberia are likely to increase the surface of water bodies via forming so-called thermokarst lakes, mobilizing the organic carbon (OC) from the soil pool to the rivers and, finally, to the ocean, and thus modifying the fluxes of methane (CH4) and CO2 to the atmosphere. Despite their tremendous importance for green house gazes regulation and hydrological regime control, very little is known about hydrochemistry of western Siberia thaw lakes. This book assesses the variation of major and trace elements (TE) and organic carbon (OC) concentration along the chronosequence of lake development and the latitude profile of variable permafrost abundance; characterizes the colloidal status of TE and distinguishes between the relative proportion of organic and organo-mineral colloids; describes the particularity of microbiological composition of thermokarst lake waters and production/mineralization processes in the water column; and presents the perspective of water chemical composition evolution under the climate change scenario. Each of these aforementioned objectives present a scientific challenge given mainly the paucity of existing information on these important but still very poorly studied ecosystems. Taken together, understanding of these issues and identification and quantification of controlling environmental parameters should produce conceptually new knowledge of biogeochemical processes operating within the Western Siberia Plain with the possibility of extrapolation of generated knowledge to much larger territories of arctic and subarctic permafrost-affected areas. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Biochemistry research trends
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introduction: Thermokarst Lakes of Western Siberia as Dominant Forms of Landscape and Regulators of Greenhouse Gas Exchange with the Atmosphere Chapter 1. Thermokarst Lakes: Distribution, Cycle of Development, Surface Coverage and Evolution Chapter 2. Sources of Dissolved Components in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 3. Temperature and Gas Regime Chapter 4. Dissolved Organic Carbon Chapter 5. Microbiology of Thermokarst Lake Systems Chapter 6. Trace Elements in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 7. Colloids in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 8. Latitude Profile Gradients of Lakes: Substituting Space for Time Chapter 9. Possible Impact of Climate Warming on Stocks and Fluxes of Carbon and Related Elements in Western Siberian Lakes Conclusions: Thaw Lakes as Indicators of Climate Change References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: AWI A13-19-92242
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Dynamik der Atmosphäre der Erde umfasst einen Bereich von mikrophysikalischer Turbulenz über konvektive Prozesse und Wolkenbildung bis zu planetaren Wellenmustern. Für Wettervorhersage und zur Betrachtung des Klimas über Jahrzehnte und Jahrhunderte ist diese Gegenstand der Modellierung mit numerischen Verfahren. Mit voranschreitender Entwicklung der Rechentechnik sind Neuentwicklungen der dynamischen Kerne von Klimamodellen, die mit der feiner werdenden Auflösung auch entsprechende Prozesse auflösen können, notwendig. Der dynamische Kern eines Modells besteht in der Umsetzung (Diskretisierung) der grundlegenden dynamischen Gleichungen für die Entwicklung von Masse, Energie und Impuls, so dass sie mit Computern numerisch gelöst werden können. Die vorliegende Arbeit untersucht die Eignung eines unstetigen Galerkin-Verfahrens niedriger Ordnung für atmosphärische Anwendungen. Diese Eignung für Gleichungen mit Wirkungen von externen Kräften wie Erdanziehungskraft und Corioliskraft ist aus der Theorie nicht selbstverständlich. Es werden nötige Anpassungen beschrieben, die das Verfahren stabilisieren, ohne sogenannte „slope limiter” einzusetzen. Für das unmodifizierte Verfahren wird belegt, dass es nicht geeignet ist, atmosphärische Gleichgewichte stabil darzustellen. Das entwickelte stabilisierte Modell reproduziert eine Reihe von Standard-Testfällen der atmosphärischen Dynamik mit Euler- und Flachwassergleichungen in einem weiten Bereich von räumlichen und zeitlichen Skalen. Die Lösung der thermischen Windgleichung entlang der mit den Isobaren identischen charakteristischen Kurven liefert atmosphärische Gleichgewichtszustände mit durch vorgegebenem Grundstrom einstellbarer Neigung zu(barotropen und baroklinen)Instabilitäten, die für die Entwicklung von Zyklonen wesentlich sind. Im Gegensatz zu früheren Arbeiten sind diese Zustände direkt im z-System(Höhe in Metern)definiert und müssen nicht aus Druckkoordinaten übertragen werden.Mit diesen Zuständen, sowohl als Referenzzustand, von dem lediglich die Abweichungen numerisch betrachtet werden, und insbesondere auch als Startzustand, der einer kleinen Störung unterliegt, werden verschiedene Studien der Simulation von barotroper und barokliner Instabilität durchgeführt. Hervorzuheben ist dabei die durch die Formulierung von Grundströmen mit einstellbarer Baroklinität ermöglichte simulationsgestützte Studie des Grades der baroklinen Instabilität verschiedener Wellenlängen in Abhängigkeit von statischer Stabilität und vertikalem Windgradient als Entsprechung zu Stabilitätskarten aus theoretischen Betrachtungen in der Literatu
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: v, 160 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Einleitung. - 2. Atmosphärische Gleichungssysteme. - 2.1. Zur Notation. - 2.2. Geometrie im β-Kanal. - 2.3. Gleichungen in Flussform. - 2.4. Euler-Gleichungen. - 2.4.1. Energiegleichung. - 2.4.2. Bewegungsgleichungen. - 2.4.3. Flussform des gesamten Gleichungssystems. - 2.4.4. Schallgeschwindigkeit. - 2.4.5. Druck und Energie. - 2.4.6. Energie als Erhaltungsvariable. - 2.5. Euler-Gleichungen mit Referenzfeld. - 2.6. Linearisierte Euler-Gleichungen. - 2.7. Flachwassergleichungen. - 2.8. Flachwasseräquivalente Dynamik mit Euler-Gleichungen. - 3. Unstetiges Galerkin-Verfahren. - 3.1. Räumliche Diskretisierung. - 3.1.1. Integralform und numerischer Fluss. - 3.1.2. Koeffizientendarstellung der Gleichungen. - 3.1.3. Koordinatentransformation mit Orographie. - 3.1.4. Quadratur. - 3.1.5. Basisfunktionen im Rechteckgitter. - 3.1.6. Diskretisierung von analytischen Anfangsbedingungen. - 3.2. Zeitliche Diskretisierung. - 3.2.1. Expliziter Zeitschritt. - 3.2.2. Semi-impliziter Zeitschritt. - 3.2.3. Skalierung von Einheiten. - 3.2.4. Zeitschrittbestimmung. - 3.3. Randbedingungen. - 3.3.1. Periodische Randbedingungen. - 3.3.2. Reflektive Randbedingungen. - 3.3.3. Spezifische Randbedingungen für Euler-Gleichungen. - 3.3.4. Absorptionsschicht. - 3.4. Diffusion. - 4. Atmosphärische Gleichgewichtszustände. - 4.1. Anforderungen an stationäre Zustände. - 4.1.1. Verschwindende Advektion von Masse und potentieller Temperatur. - 4.1.2. Stationäre Impulsgleichung. - 4.2. Wind ohne Corioliskraft. - 4.3. Geostrophischer Wind. - 4.4. Vorgegebener Grundstrom mit einstellbarer Baroklinität. - 4.4.1. Lösungsalgorithmus. - 4.4.2. Zulässige Windfelder und ihre Definition außerhalb des Modellgebietes. - 4.4.3. Spezialfall konstanten thermischen Windes. - 4.5. Barotroper Grundstrom als analytischer Spezialfall. - 4.6. Charakterisierung der Baroklinität. - 4.7. Geostrophischer Zustand für Flachwassergleichungen. - 5. Numerische Stabilität von Gleichgewichtszuständen und Erhaltungseigenschaften. - 5.1. Polynomiale Balancierung des DG-Verfahrens. - 5.1.1. Ausgangssituation („low0bal0“). - 5.1.2. Isotrope Reduktion des Polynomgrades der Quellterme („low1bal0“). - 5.1.3. Isotrope Polynomgradreduktion von Quelltermen sowie Projektion der Flussfunktion („low1bal1“). - 5.1.4. Volle Balancierung mit selektiver Polynomgradreduktion und Projektion der Flussfunktion („low2bal1“). - 5.2. Konvergenz. - 5.3. Langzeitstabilität und Erhaltungseigenschaften. - 6. Atmosphärische Testfälle. - 6.1. Aufsteigende warme Blase. - 6.2. Schwerewellen. - 6.3. Bergüberströmung. - 6.4. Barotrope Instabilität. - 7. Atmosphärische Instabilitäten in mittleren Breiten. - 7.1. Barotrope Instabilität mit Euler-Gleichungen in 2D und 3D. - 7.1.1. Wavelet-Spektrum. - 7.2. Barokline Instabilität in Abhängigkeit von statischer Stabilität und thermischem Wind. - 7.2.1. Einfluss der statischen Stabilität. - 7.2.2. Einfluss der vertikalen Diskretisierung. - 7.3. Entstehung zyklonaler Wirbel aus baroklin instabilem Grundstrom. - 7.3.1. Konfiguration. - 7.3.2. Entwicklung von Impulsdifferenz. - 7.3.3. Vorticity im Horizontalschnitt. - 7.3.4. Globale Charakterisierung . - 7.4. Langzeitentwicklung aus baroklinen Zuständen. - 7.4.1. Konfiguration. - 7.4.2. Entwicklung von Impulsdifferenz und Energie. - 7.4.3. Vorticity im Horizontalschnitt. - 7.4.4 Globale Charakterisierung. - 7.4.5. Wavelet-Spektrum. - 7.4.6. Zonales Mittel. - 8. Zusammenfassung und Ausblick. - A. Mathematische Aspekte. - A.1. Profilfunktionen. - A.2. Differenzen und Normen. - A.3. Wavelet-Analyse. - A.4. Darstellung aus der Diskretisierung. - A.5. Erhaltungseigenschaften mit Quadratur. - B. Details zu Euler-Gleichungen. - B.1. Vertikale Linearisierung der Euler-Gleichungen für Präkonditionierer des semi-impliziten Zeitschrittes. - B.1.1. Vertikales lineares Gleichungssystem. - B.1.2. Diskretisierung und Matrizen. - B.1.3. Implizites Gleichungssystem. - B.2. Zustände im hydrostatischen Gleichgewicht. - B.2.1. Isotherm. - B.2.2. Polytrop. - B.2.3. Isentrop. - B.2.4. Mehrfach polytrop. - B.2.5. Uniform geschichtet. - B.3. Barokliner Zustand imp-System. - C. Zusätzliche Simulationsdaten. - C.1. Stabilitätskarten zu baroklinen Langzeitsimulationen. - C.2. Wirbelentstehung nahe Oberrand. - C.3. Zusätzliche Horizontalschnitte des baroklinen Langzeitlaufes. - D. Implementierung: Programmpaket Polyflux. - E. Korrekturen zur Veröffentlichung. - Mathematische Definitionen. - Abkürzungen und Begriffe. - Literatur.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: 9781630810504 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1.014 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781630810504 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Photo Credits Computer Codes 1 Introduction 1-1 Why Microwaves for Remote Sensing? 1-2 A Brief Overview of Microwave Sensors 1-3 A Short History of Microwave Remote Sensing 1-3.1 Radar 1-3.2 Radiometers 1-4 The Electromagnetic Spectrum 1-5 Basic Operation and Applications of Radar 1-5.1 Operation of Remote-Sensing Radars 1-5.2 Applications of Remote-Sensing Radars 1-6 Basic Operation and Applications of Radiometers 1-6.1 Radiometer Operation 1-6.2 Applications of Microwave Radiometry 1-7 Image Examples 2 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation 2-1 EM Plane Waves 2-1.1 Constitutive Parameters 2-1.2 Maxwell's Equations 2-1.3 Complex Permittivity 2-1.4 Wave Equations 2-2 Plane-Wave Propagation in Lossless Media 2-2.1 Uniform Plane Waves 2-2.2 General Relation between E and H 2-3 Wave Polarization in a Lossless Medium 2-3.1 Linear Polarization 2-3.2 Circular Polarization 2-3.3 Elliptical Polarization 2-4 Plane Wave Propagation in Lossy Media 2-4.1 Low Loss Dielectric 2-4.2 Good Conductor 2-5 Electromagnetic Power Density 2-5.1 Plane Wave in a Lossless Medium 2-5.2 Plane Wave in a Lossy Medium 2-5.3 Decibel Scale tor Power Ratios 2-6 Wave Reflection and Transmission at Normal Incidence 2-6.1 Boundary between Lossless Media 2-6.2 Boundary between Lossy Media 2-7 Wave Reflection and Transmission at Oblique Incidence 2-7.1 Horizontal Polarization—Lossless Media 2-7.2 Vertical Polarization 2-8 Reflectivity and Transmissivity 2-9 Oblique Incidence onto a Lossy Medium 2- 10 Oblique Incidence onto a Two-Layer Composite 2-10.1 Input Parameters 2-10.2 Propagation Matrix Method 2-10.3 Multiple Reflection Method 3 Remote-Sensing Antennas 3-1 The Hertzian Dipole 3-2 Antenna Radiation Characteristics 3-2.1 Antenna Pattern 3-2.2 Beam Dimensions 3-2.3 Antenna Directivity 3-2.4 Antenna Gain 3-2.5 Radiation Efficiency 3-2.6 Effective Area of a Receiving Antenna 3-3 Friis Transmission Formula 3-4 Radiation by Large-Aperture Antennas 3-5 Rectangular Aperture with Uniform Field Distribution 3-5.1 Antenna Pattern in x-y Plane 3-5.2 Beamwidth 3-5.3 Directivity and Effective Area 3-6 Circular Aperture with Uniform Field Illumination 3-7 Nonuniform-Amplitude Illumination 3-8 Beam Efficiency 3-9 Antenna Arrays 3-10 N-Element Array with Uniform Phase Distribution 3-10.1 Uniform Amplitude Distribution 3-10.2 Grating Lobes 3-10.3 Binomial Distribution 3-11 Electronic Scanning of Arrays 3-12 Antenna Types 3-12.1 Horn Antennas 3-12.2 Slot Antennas 3-12.3 Microstrip Antennas 3-13 Active Antennas 3-13.1 Advantages of Active Antennas 3-13.2 Digital Beamforming with Active Antennas 4 Microwave Dielectric Properties of Natural Earth Materials 4-1 Pure-Water Single-Debye Dielectric Model (f 〈 50 GHz) 4-2 Saline-Water Double-Debye Dielectric Model (f〈 1000 GHz) 4-3 Dielectric Constant of Pure Ice 4-4 Dielectric Mixing Models for Heterogeneous Materials 4-4.1 Randomly Oriented Ellipsoidal Inclusions 4-4.2 Polder-van Santen/de Loor Formulas 4-4.3 Tinga-Voss-Blossey (TVB) Formulas 4-4.4 Other Dielectric Mixing Formulas 4-5 Sea Ice 4-5.1 Dielectric Constant of Brine 4-5.2 Brine Volume Fraction 4-5.3 Dielectric Properties 4-6 Dielectric Constant of Snow 4-6.1 Dry Snow 4-6.2 Wet Snow 4-7 Dielectric Constant of Dry Rocks 4-7.1 Powdered Rocks 4-7.2 Solid Rocks 4-8 Dielectric Constant of Soils 4-8.1 Dry Soil 4-8.2 Wet Soil 4-8.3 εsoil in 0.3-1.5 GHz Band 4-9 Dielectric Constant of Vegetation 4-9.1 Dielectric Constant of Canopy Constituents 4-9.2 Dielectric Model 5 Radar Scattering 5-1 Wave Polarization in a Spherical Coordinate System 5-2 Scattering Coordinate Systems 5-2.1 Forward Scattering Alignment (FSA) Convention 5-2.2 Backscatter Alignment (BSA) Convention 5-3 Scattering Matrix 5-3.1 FSA Convention 5-3.2 BSA Convention 5-3.3 Stokes Parameters and Mueller Matrix 5-4 Radar Equation 5-5 Scattering from Distributed Targets 5-5.1 Narrow-Beam Scatterometer 5-5.2 Imaging Radar 5-5.3 Specific Intensities for Distributed Target 5-6 RCS Statistics 5-7 Rayleigh Fading Model 5-7.1 Underlying Assumptions 5-7.2 Linear Detection 5-7.3 Square-Law Detection 5-7.4 Interpretation 5-8 Multiple Independent Samples 5-8.1 N-Look Amplitude Image 5-8.2 N-Look Intensity Image 5-8.3 N-Look Square-Root Intensity Image 5-8.4 Spatial Resolution vs. Radiometric Resolution 5-8.5 Applicability of the Rayleigh Fading Model 5-9 Image Texture and Despeckle Filtering . 5-9.1 Image Texture 5-9.2 Despeckling Filters 5-10 Coherent and Noncoherent Scattering 5-10.1 Surface Roughness 5-10.2 Bistatic Scattering 5-10.3 Specular Reflectivity 5-10.4 Bistatic-Scattering Coefficient 5-10.5 Backscattering Response of a Smooth Surface 5-11 Polarization Synthesis 5-11.1 RCS Polarization Response 5-11.2 Distributed Targets 5-11.3 Mueller Matrix Approach 5-12 Polarimetric Scattering Statistics 5-13 Polarimetric Analysis Tools 5-13.1 Scattering Covariance Matrix 5-13.2 Eigenvector Decomposition 5-13.3 Useful Polarimetric Parameters 5-13.4 Image Examples 5-13.5 Freeman-Durden Decomposition 6 Microwave Radiometry and Radiative Transfer 6-1 Radiometric Quantities 6-2 Thermal Radiation 6-2.1 Quantum Theory of Radiation 6-2.2 Planck's Blackbody Radiation Law 6-2.3 The Rayleigh-Jeans Law 6-3 Power-Temperature Correspondence 6-4 Radiation by Natural Materials 6-4.1 Brightness Temperature 6-4.2 Brightness Temperature Distribution 6-4.3 Antenna Temperature 6-5 Antenna Efficiency Considerations 6-5.1 Beam Efficiency 6-5.2 Radiation Efficiency 6-5.3 Radiometer Measurement Ambiguity 6-6 Theory of Radiative Transfer 6-6.1 Equation of Radiative Transfer 6-6.2 Brightness-Temperature Equation 6-6.3 Brightness Temperature of a Stratified Medium 6-6.4 Brightness Temperature of a Scatter-Free Medium 6-6.5 Upwelling and Downwelling Atmospheric Brightness Temperatures 6-7 Terrain Brightness Temperature 6-7.1 Brightness Transmission Across a Specular Boundary 6-7.2 Emission by a Specular Surface 6-7.3 Emissivity of a Rough Surface 6-7.4 Extreme Surface Conditions 6-7.5 Emissivity of a Two-Layer Composite 6-8 Downward-Looking Satellite Radiometer 6-9 Polarimetric Radiometry 6-10 Stokes Parameters and Periodic Structures 7 Microwave Radiometric Systems 7-1 Equivalent Noise Temperature 7-2 Characterization of Noise 7-2.1 Noise Figure 7-2.2 Equivalent Input Noise Temperature 7-2.3 Noise Temperature of a Cascaded System 7-2.4 Noise Temperature of a Lossy Two-Port Device 7-3 Receiver and System Noise Temperatures 7-3.1 Receiver Alone 7-3.2 Total System Including Antenna 7-4 Radiometer Operation 7-4.1 Measurement Accuracy 7-4.2 Total-Power Radiometer 7-4.3 Radiometric Resolution 7-5 Effects of Receiver Gain Variations 7-6 Dicke Radiometer 7-7 Balancing Techniques 7-7.1 Reference-Channel Control Method 7-7.2 Antenna-Channel Noise-Injection Method 7-7.3 Pulsed Noise-Injection Method 7-7.4 Gain-Modulation Method 7-8 Automatic-Gain-Control (AGC) Techniques 7-9 Noise-Adding Radiometer 7-10 Summary of Radiometer Properties 7-11 Radiometer Calibration Techniques 7-11.1 Receiver Calibration 7-11.2 Calibration Sources 7-11.3 Effects of Impedance Mismatches 7-11.4 Antenna Calibration 7-11.5 Cryoload Technique 7-11.6 Bucket Technique 7-12 Imaging Considerations 7-12.1 Scanning Configurations 7-12.2 Radiometer Uncertainty Principle 7-13 Interferometric Aperture Synthesis 7-13.1 Image Reconstruction 7-13.2 MIR Radiometric Sensitivity 7-14 Polarimetric Radiometer 7-14.1 Coherent Detection 7-14.2 Incoherent Detection 7-15 Calibration of Polarimetric Radiometers 7-15.1 Forward Model for a Fully Polarimetric Radiometer 7-15.2 Forward Model for the Polarimetric Calibration Source 7-15.3 Calibration by Inversion of the Forward Models 7-16 Digital Radiometers 8 Microwave Interaction with Atmospheric Constituents 8-1 Standard Atmosphere 8-1.1 Atmospheric Composition 8-1.2 Temperature Profile 8-1.3 Density Profile 8-1.4 Pressure Profi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Map available for loan
    Map available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : IBSCO Program
    Call number: AWI K-13-0149 / Fach 10 ; AWI K-13-0149(2. Ex.) / Fach 10 ; K 13.0270 / Fach 35
    Type of Medium: Map available for loan
    Pages: 1 Kt. : mehrfarb. ; 100 x 120 cm
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Springer Spektrum
    Call number: AWI A5-13-0151
    Description / Table of Contents: Mit der Dynamik von Wind und Wellen, mit dem Haushalt von Wärme und Wasser befasst sich die theoretische Meteorologie. Viele Studierende haben eine Scheu vor dem Fach, weil sie die Mathematik fürchten. Aber jeder, der sich für Meteorologie und Wetter interessiert, weiß im Grunde: ohne Mathematik (und ein bisschen theoretische Physik) geht es nicht. Etliche Formeln muss man sich merken, und man muss mit ihnen arbeiten können. Michael Hantel führt interessierte LeserInnen hin zu den eigentlichen Begriffen, die hinter den Formeln stehen. Diese Begriffswelt in neuer Frische darzustellen ist sein Anliegen. Statt Übungsaufgaben bietet der Autor vorgerechnete Abschätzungen, die das Verstehen des Faches erleichtern. Das Buch ist gegliedert in die Abschnitte Strahlung, Thermodynamik, Hydrodynamik, barotrope Prozesse, Grenzschicht, barokline Prozesse und globale Haushalte. Es bietet ein Gesamtbild der theoretischen Meteorologie auf dem Niveau des Bachelor-Studienganges, und es kann auch als Grundlage für eine vertiefte Beschäftigung mit der Atmosphäre und dem Klima dienen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 430 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783827430557
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: I STRAHLUNG. - 1 Allgemeine Strahlungsgesetze. - 1.1 Grundbegriffe. - 1.1.1 Strahlungsfluss und Strahldichte. - 1.1.2 Das Lambertsche Gesetz. - 1.1.3 Vektor der Strahlungsflussdichte. - 1.1.4 Energiedichte. - 1.1.5 Strahlungsheizung und -kühlung. - 1.1.6 Das Spektrum. - 1.2 Gesetze der thermischen Strahlung. - 1.2.1 Kirchhoffsches Gesetz. - 1.2.2 Das Stefan-Boltzmannsche Strahlungsgesetz. - 1.2.3 Das Plancksche Strahlungsgesetz. - 1.2.4 Solare und terrestrische Strahlung. - 1.2.5 Treibhauseffekt. - 1.3 Wechselwirkung von Strahlung und Materie. - 1.3.1 Der optische Weg. - 1.3.2 Das Beersche Gesetz. - 1.3.3 Absorption und Streuung. - 1.4 Die Strahlungsübertragungsgleichung (SÜG). - 1.4.1 SÜG im Weltraum. - 1.4.2 SÜG im Medium ,aber ohne Strahlungsquelle. - 1.4.3 SÜG im Medium mit konstanter Strahlungsquelle. - 1.4.4 Allgemeine SÜG mit variabler Quelle. - 1.4.5 Optisch dichtes Medium. - 1.4.6 Die Strahlungsheizung. - 2 Terrestrische Strahlung. - 2.1 Die planparallele Atmosphäre. - 2.2 Berechnung des optischen Weges. - 2.3 Berechnung der Strahldichte. - 2.4 Berechnung des Flusses. - 2.5 Mathematischer Exkurs: Das Exponentialintegral. - 2.6 Das Konzept der Transmissionsfunktion. - 2.7 Das Konzept der Absorbermasse. - 2.8 Die Goodyschen Flussformeln. - 3 Solare Strahlung. - 3.1 Die SÜG mit Streuung. - 3.2 Die Phasenfunktion. - 3.3 Rayleigh-Streuung. - 3.4 Mikroprozesse. - 4 Die Strahlung als Komponente der atmosphärischen Dynamik. - 4.1 Fernerkundung. - 4.2 Das strahlungskonvektive Gleichgewicht der Atmosphäre. - II THERMODYNAMIK. - 5 Hydrostatik von Geofluiden. - 5.1 Zustandsgrößen. - 5.1.1 Masse, Menge, Teilchenzahl. - 5.1.2 Der Druck. - 5.1.3 Die Temperatur. - 5.2 Die Zustandsgleichung idealer Gase. - 5.2.1 Die universelle Gasgleichung. - 5.2.2 Individuelle Gasgleichungen. - 5.2.3 Gasgemische. - 5.2.4 Die virtuelle Temperatur. - 5.3 Zustandsgleichung für Flüssigkeiten und Festkörper. - 5.4 Das Geopotenzial. - 5.5 Die hydrostatische Gleichung. - 5.6 Die barometrische Höhenformel. - 5.6.1 Isotherme Atmosphäre. - 5.6.2 Polytrope Atmosphäre. - 5.7 Zustandsgrößen des Wassers in der Atmosphäre. - 6 Elementare Thermodynamik. - 6.1 Das Energieprinzip. - 6.2 Grundformen der Energie. - 6.2.1 Mechanische Energie. - 6.2.2 Chemische Energie. - 6.2.3 Der Übergang zur Thermodynamik: Wärme. - 6.3 Das Prinzip der Energieumwandlungen. - 6.3.1 Die Gibbssche Form. - 6.3.2 Prozesse und Zustandsänderungen. - 6.4 Homogene Systeme. - 6.4.1 Spezifische Größen. - 6.4.2 Homogenität der Energie. - 6.5 Thermodynamische Funktionen. - 6.5.1 Die Enthalpie. - 6.5.2 Thermodynamische Potenziale. - 6.6 Spezifische Wärmekapazitäten von Gasen. - 6.6.1 Spezifische Wärmekapazität bei konstantem Volumen. - 6.6.2 Spezifische Wärmekapazität bei konstantem Druck. - 6.6.3 Zusammenhang zwischen den Wärmekapazitäten. - 6.7 Zustandsänderungen von Gasen. - 6.8 Wärme und Entropie. - 6.8.1 Die potenzielle Temperatur. - 6.8.2 Der Föhneffekt. - 6.8.3 Die Poisson-Gleichung. - 6.8.4 Isentroper Temperaturgradient. - 6.8.5 Zustandsänderungen idealer Gase. - 6.8.6 Entropiezufuhr beim Heizen. - 6.8.7 Die Heizung der Atmosphäre. - 6.8.8 Isentrop, adiabatisch, reversibel. - 6.8.9 Entropiezunahme bei Temperaturausgleich. - 6.9 Chemische Energie. - 6.9.1 Das chemische Potenzial. - 6.9.2 Phasenübergänge im Gleichgewicht: Die Verdampfungsenthalpie. - 6.9.3 Die Clausius-Clapeyronsche Gleichung. - 6.10 Latente Wärme. - 6.10.1 Enthalpie feuchter Luft. - 6.10.2 Die äquivalentpotenzielle Temperatur. - III HYDRODYNAMIK. - 7 Erhaltung des Impulses. - 7.1 Die Kraft als Ursache der Bewegung. - 7.2 Der Geopotenzialgradient. - 7.3 Der Druckgradient. - 7.4 Reibungskräfte. - 7.4.1 Scherungskräfte. - 7.4.2 Normalkräfte. - 7.4.3 Gesamte Reibungskraft. - 7.5 Gesamte Kraftwirkung: Bewegungsgleichungen. - 7.5.1 Die Eulersche Gleichung. - 7.5.2 Die Navier-Stokessche Gleichung. - 8 Fluidkinematik. - 8.1 Trajektorien und Stromlinien. - 8.2 Die Bewegungsgleichungen bei starrer Rotation. - 8.2.1 Transformation der Zeitableitung bei starrer Rotation. - 8.2.2 Die Eulerschen Gleichungen im starr rotierenden System. - 8.3 Die hydrostatischen Bewegungsgleichungen. - 8.3.1 2D-Bewegungsgleichungen in z-Koordinaten. - 8.3.2 Vorgriff: Transformation auf Druckkoordinaten. - 8.3.3 2D-Bewegungsgleichungen in p-Koordinaten. - 8.3.4 Natürliche Horizontalkoordinaten. - 8.3.5 2D-Bewegungsgleichungen in natürlichen Koordinaten. - 8.4 Der geostrophische Wind. - 8.5 Der Gradientwind. - 8.6 Kinematische Größen des Strömungsfelds. - 8.6.1 Die Divergenz. - 8.6.2 Die Vorticity. - 8.6.3 Spezielle Strömungsfelder. - 8.7 f-Ebene und ß-Ebene. - 9 Die Kontinuitätsgleichung. - 9.1 Die Kontinuitätsgleichung. - 9.1.1 Fluidvolumen und Divergenz. - 9.1.2 Die Funktionaldeterminante. - 9.2 Generalisierte Koordinaten. - 9.2.1 Einführung in die generalisierten Koordinaten. - 9.2.2 Das Differenzial und die Zeitableitung. - 9.2.3 Der Operator der totalen Zeitableitung. - 9.2.4 Die advektive Zeitableitung. - 9.3 Die fluiddynamische Kontinuitätsgleichung. - 9.4 Die Divergenz in verschiedenen Koordinatensystemen. - 9.4.1 Kugelkoordinaten. - 9.4.2 Rotierende Kugelkoordinaten. - 9.4.3 Geofluidkoordinaten. - 9.4.4 Hydrostatische Vertikalkoordinaten. - 10 Erhaltung der Masse. - 10.1 Globale Massenerhaltung. - 10.2 Massenerhaltung aus lokaler Sicht. - 10.2.1 Die Erhaltung von Autos, Bällen und Kugeln. - 10.2.2 Die Massenkontinuitätsgleichung. - 10.3 Die Massenflussdichte. - 10.4 Die generalisierte Massenkontinuitätsgleichung. - 10.5 Die Massenkontinuitätsgleichung für hydrostatische Koordinaten. - 11 Erhaltung der Energie. - 11.1 Globale Energieerhaltung. - 11.2 Ideale Fluide (mit Potenzial). - 11.2.1 Die Gleichung für die mechanische Energie. - 11.2.2 Die Gleichung für die innere Energie. - 11.2.3 Austausch zwischen mechanischer und innerer Energie. - 11.2.4 Der lokale Energiesatz für ideale Fluide. - 11.3 Reale Fluide. - 11.3.1 Innere Reibung. - 11.3.2 Der lokale Energiesatz für reale Fluide. - 11.4 Erzeugung von Entropie. - 11.4.1 Dissipation. - 11.4.2 Wärmeleitung. - 11.5 Haushaltsgleichungen von Energie und Entropie. - 11.6 Energie- und Entropiehaushalt feuchter Luft. - 12 Transformation der Bewegungsgleichungen. - 12.1 Die Euler-Lagrange-Gleichungen. - 12.2 Kugelkoordinaten A*, Phi*, R*. - 12.3 Rotierende Kugelkoordinaten. - 12.3.1 Zonale Bewegungsgleichung. - 12.3.2 Meridionale Bewegungsgleichung. - 12.3.3 Vertikale Bewegungsgleichung. - 12.3.4 Die Bewegungsgleichungen in Kugelkoordinaten. - 12.4 Was sind Scheinkräfte?. - 12.5 Flachgeofluide. - 12.6 Hydrostatische Koordinaten. - 12.6.1 Die Metrik in hydrostatischen Koordinaten. - 12.6.2 Spezialfall: Kartesische Koordinaten. - 12.6.3 Spezialfall: Druckkoordinaten. - 12.6.4 Spezialfall: Isentrope Koordinaten. - 12.6.5 Wahl der Gleichungen. - IV BAROTROPE PROZESSE. - 13 Elementare Wellentheorie. - 13.1 Schwingungen der ruhenden Atmosphäre. - 13.1.1 Potenzielle Temperatur und potenzielle Dichte. - 13.1.2 Auftriebsschwingungen und statische Stabilität. - 13.2 Darstellung harmonischer Wellen. - 13.2.1 Parameter einer harmonischen Welle. - 13.2.2 Die eindimensionale Wellengleichung. - 13.2.3 Die räumliche Welle. - 13.2.4 Instabilität. - 13.2.5 Dispersion. - 13.3 Oberflächenwellen. - 13.3.1 Gleichungen im Vertikalschnitt. - 13.3.2 Randbedingungen. - 13.3.3 Der horizontale Druckgradient. - 13.3.4 Linearisierung. - 13.3.5 Die Phasengeschwindigkeit von Oberflächenwellen. - 13.4 Interne Wellen. - 14 Das Flachwassermodell (FWM). - 14.1 Barotropie. - 14.1.1 Vertikale Konstanz der horizontalen Druckbeschleunigung. - 14.1.2 Vertikale Konstanz des Horizontalwindes. - 14.1.3 Isotherme und isentrope Atmosphäre. - 14.1.4 Barotropie und Zweidimensionalität. - 14.2 Das barotrope FWM. - 14.2.1 Hydrostasie. - 14.2.2 Horizontale Druckbeschleunigung. - 14.2.3 Horizontale Bewegungsgleichungen. - 14.2.4 Massenerhaltung. - 14.2.5 Die Gleichungen für das FWM. - 14.3 Die Vorticity-Gleichungen. - 14.3.1 Die dynamisch äquivalente Beta-Ebene
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Gdynia : Gdynia Maritime University
    Call number: AWI A4-15-0012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 402 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9788374211918
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENS: 1. lntroduction. - 2. Location of the Polish Polar Station at Hornsund. - 3. The principal climatic parameters. - 3.1. Duralion of day and night. - 3.2. Potential insolation. - 3.3. Changes in the sea ice area and the surface temperatures of surrounding seas. - 3.3.1. Sea surface temperature. - 3.3.2. Sea ice cover. - 3.3.3. Factcrs influencing changes of SST and ice cover in the region of Spitsbergen. - 4. The atmospheric circulation. - 4.1. The mean baric field. - 4.2. The frequency of occurrence of the circulation types. - 4.3. Index of zonal circulation - western (W). - 4.4. Index of meridional circulation - southern (S). - 4.5. Index of cyclonicity (C). - 5. The atmospheric pressure. - 5.1. The annual course. - 5.2. Extreme values and interdiurnal variability. - 6. The winds. - 6.1. The structure of wind directions. - 6.2. Wind speeds. - 6.3. The associations between wind directions and speeds. - 7. Cloudiness and sunshine duration. - 7.1. Cloudiness. - 7.2. Clear and cloudy days. - 7.3. Types of clouds, manifestations of local climatic features in the cloudiness. - 7.4. Sunshine duration. - 8. Solar radiation. - 9. Air temperature. - 9.1. Annual air temperature. - 9.2. Monthly air temperatures. - 9.3 The annual patterns of diurnal temperature. - 9.5 Thermal seasons. - 9.5 Factors shaping interannual variability of the air temperature. - 9.5.1. Associations of air temperature at Hornsund with indices describing the large scale atmospheric circulation. - 9.5.2 lnfluence of atmospheric circulation on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.3. The influence of sea ice cover on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.4. The influence of sea surface temperature (SST) changes on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.5. Comprehensive effects of changes of sea ice extent, sea surface temperature and atmospheric circulation on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 10. Humidity. - 10.1. Water vapour pressure. - 10.2. Relative humidity. - 11. Atmospheric precipitation. - 11 .1. General information, materials and methods. - 11.2.Distribution of monthly means and annual totals of precipitation. - 11.3. High diurnal precipitation. - 11.4 Number of days with precipitation. - 11.5 The annual cycle of atmospheric precipitation, taking the modes of occurrence into consideration. - 11.6 Associations of precipitation with atmospheric circulation. - 12. The horizontal visibility and fog. - 12.1 The horizontal visibility. - 12.2 Fog. - 13. States of the weather and weather seasonality. - 13.1 Methods. - 13.2 Structure of states of the weather. - 13.2.1 Weather groups and subgroups. - 13.2.2 Weather classes. - 13.2.3. Types of weather. - 13.2.4 The annual structure of states of the weather. - 13.3 Seasonal structure of the climate in the station region. - 13.3.1. Winter (October 21 - May 10). - 13.3.2. Spring (May 11 - July 10). - 13.3.3. Summer (July 11 - August 31). - 13.3.4. Autumn (September 1 - October 20). - 13.3.5. Remarks on the observed climatic seasonality. - 14. The climate of the station in the light of selected climatic indices. - 14.1. Continentality and oceanicity of the climate. - 14.2. The humidity of the climate. - 14.3. Wind chill. - 14.4. Positive and negative degree-days. - 15. The associations between climatic parameters and a model of changes of climatic conditions in the Hornsund region. - 15.1. Associations between climatic parameters. - 15.2. A model to forecast climatic changes in the Hornsund region. - 16. Changes of climate in the Hornsund station region during the meteorological observation, 1979-2009. - 16.1. Changes of atmospheric pressure. - 16.2. Changes of circulation indices. - 16.2.1. The W index of western zonal circulation. - 16.2.2. The S index of southern meridional circulation. - 16.2.3. The C index of cyclonicity. - 16.3. Changes of direction and velocity of the winds. - 16.4. Changes of cloudiness, sunshine duration and horizontal visibility. - 16.5. Changas of air temperature. - 16.6. Changes of precipitation. - 16.6.1. The multiannual variability of precipitation totals. - 16.6.2. Variability of rainfall and snowfall totals. - 16.6.3. Variability of the number of days with precipitation 〉 0.0 mm. - 16.6.4. Variability of number of days with precipitation [greater-than-or-equal sign] 0.1 mm. - 16.6.5. Variability of number of days with rainfall and snowfall. - 16.6.6. General trends of changes in atmospheric precipitation. - 17. Summary. - 18. Results of Observations. - 18. 1. Results of observations of meteorological parameters made at Hornsund during the Founding Expedition (1957-1958). - 18.2. Results of observations of meteorological parameters at Hornsundin 1978-2012. - 19. Snow cover at the Hornsund station. - 20. Ground temperatures at Hornsund. - REFERENCES. - APPENDICES. - 1. Calendar of circulation types for territory of Spitsbergen. - 1.1. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type S. - 1.2. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type W. - 1.3. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type C. - 2. LF1-4 Index. - 13. DG3L index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: AWI S5-15-0001
    Description / Table of Contents: Etwa 80 bis 90 Prozent aller in Deutschland eingereichten Patentanmeldungen beruhen auf Erfindungen von Arbeitnehmern. Dem Gesetz über Arbeitnehmererfindungen kommt damit eine große Bedeutung zu. In diesem Kommentar werden die komplexen Regelungen dieses Gesetzes umfassend und für die Praxis gut verständlich erläutert.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXVI, 1692 S.
    Edition: 5., völlig neu bearb. und erw. Aufl., Bearb.-Stand: 1. Juli 2012
    ISBN: 9783452255822 , 978-3-452-27130-3
    Series Statement: Heymanns Kommentare
    Former Title: 4. Aufl. u.d.T.: Bartenbach, Kurt: Arbeitnehmererfindergesetz
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Köln : Heymann
    Call number: AWI S5-15-0003
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXVII, 2178 S.
    Edition: 6. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783452277657
    Series Statement: Heymanns Taschenkommentare
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: AWI G2-13-0139 ; PIK N 076-13-0199 ; IASS 14.0011
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Mitarbeiter des Beirats. - Danksagung. - Kästen. - Tabellen. - Abbildungen. - Akronyme. - Zusammenfassung. - Einleitung. - 1 Die Meere im Anthropozän. - 1.1 Nutzung der Meere. - 1.2 Die Bedrohung der Meere. - 1.3 Mögliche neue Nutzungen. - 1.4 Die Zukunft des Ökosystems Meer gestalten. - 2 Weltgesellschaft und Gesellschaftsvertrag. - 2.1 Weltgesellschaft und Weltmeere. - 2.2 Ein Gesellschaftsvertrag für die Meere. - 3 Governance anthropogener Meeresnutzung. - 3.1 Spezifika der Meere. - 3.2 Völkerrechtlicher Rahmen der Meeres-Governance: UNCLOS. - 3.3 Globale Meeres-Governance: UN-Institutionen und Aktivitäten. - 3.4 Regionale Governance der Meere. - 3.5 Private Governance der Meere. - 3.6 Ausgewählte Instrumente. - 3.7 Folgerungen. - 4 Nahrung aus dem Meer. - 4.1 Marine Fischerei. - 4.2 Aquakultur. - 4.3 Wechselwirkungen zwischen Fischerei und Aquakultur. - 4.4 Systemische Wirkungen: Land/Meer-Interaktionen und Rückkopplungen mit dem Erdsystem. - 4.5 Folgerungen. - 5 Energie aus dem Meer. - 5.1 Fossile Energieträger aus dem Meer. - 5.2Erneuerbare Energien. - 5.3 Vision für ein marines Energiesystem der Zukunft. - 5.4 Governance. - 5.5 Folgerungen. - 6 Synthese: Die blaue Revolution. - 6.1 Die Meere als gemeinsames Erbe der Menschheit. - 6.2 Expansion in die Meere. - 6.3 Eine neue Initiative für den Schutz und die nachhaltige Nutzung der Meere. - 6.4 Elemente einer neuen Meerespolitik. - 7 Handlungsempfehlungen. - 7.1 Handlungsleitende Prinzipien einer künftigen Meeres-Governance. - 7.2 Die WBGU-Vision einer umfassenden Reform des internationalen Seerechts. - 7.3 Handlungsempfehlungen: Der Weg zu einer umfassenden Seerechtsreform. - 7.4 Nahrung aus dem Meer. - 7.5 Energienutzung aus dem Meer für die Energiesystemtransformation. - 8 Empfehlungen für Forschung und Bildung. - 8.1 Forschung im Kontext der Transformation zur Nachhaltigkeit. - 8.2 Transformationsforschung für die Meere. - 8.3 Transformative Forschung für die Meere. - 8.4 Empfehlungen zur Forschungspolitik. - 9 Literatur. - 10 Glossar.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXIV, 383 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 1. Aufl., Red.-Schluss: 28.02.2013
    ISBN: 9783936191394
    Series Statement: Welt im Wandel : Hauptgutachten
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Zürich] : IAHS (ICSI)
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G7-14-0007
    In: Glacier mass balance bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 106 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Dissertations
    Dissertations
    Potsdam
    Call number: AWI G3-13-0150
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents: Abstract. - Zusammenfassung. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Thermo-erosion along the Yedoma Coast of the Buor Khaya Peninsula, Laptev Sea, East Siberia. - 3 Short- and long-term thermo-erosion of ice-rich permafrost coasts in the Laptev Sea region. - 4 Observing Muostakh Island disappear: erosion of a ground-ice-rich coast in response to summer warming and sea ice reduction on the East Siberian shelf. - 5 Synthesis. - Bibliography. - Acknowledgements
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: v, 125 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Note: Potsdam, Univ., Diss., 2013
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: AWI G3-14-0010
    Description / Table of Contents: Soderžanie: Ot prostogo k složnomy ne iskažaja real'nosti / V. P. Mel'nikov, V. N. Koniščev, V. E. Romanovskij, D. S. Drozbov, V. N. Kubejarov. - Otklik global'nych klimatičeskich izmenenij prošlogo v prirodnych ob''ektach kriolitozony / I. D. Streleckaja. - Torfjanye krugi kriolitozony / O. A. Ogneva, K. V. Matyšak. - Ch meždunarodnaja konferencija po merzlotovedeniju / R. Ju. Fedorov. - Kak v severnoj tajge zapadnoj sibiri menjalsja klimat, i k čemu eto privelo / N. G. Moskalenko, O. E. Ponomareva, E. V. Ustinova, A. G. Gravis, N. M. Berdnikov. - Novaja arktičeskaja naučno-issledovatel'skaja stancija "Ostrov Samojlovskij" v del'te Leny: prirodnye uslovija, perspektivy meždunarodnych i mul'tidisciplinarnych rabot v regione / M. N. Grigor'ev. - O lednikach altaja, gde sneg nikogda ne taet; o gornom chrebte kodare, tekuščej s nego reke čare, i o tom, kak studenty praktiku vosprinimajut / V. S. Šejnktan. - Novoe primenenie diatomitov / V. P. Mel'nikov, K. S. Ivanov. - V poiskach tradicionnych i al'ternativnych istočnikov ±energii zapadnoj sibiri / A. R. Kurčikov. - Ispol'zovanie teplovizora pri geokriologičeskich issledovanijach / D. O. Sergeev, Ju. V. Stanilovskaja, K. V. Savel'ev. - Bez počvy žit' nel'zja na svete, net! / V. N. Kudejarov. - Buket ot Mamonta / S. V. Gubin, S. G. Jasina. - Pis'ma iz prošlogo (k 140-letiju M. I. Sumgina - osnovopoložnika otečestvennogo merzlotovedenija) / I. V. Klimovskij. - Vot tak vse i načinalos' (vospominanie kadrovika o zaroždenii Tjumenskogo naučnogo centra) / V. Ja. Kolesova.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 98 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Québec] : ArcticNet
    Call number: AWI P5-14-0022
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 88 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hamburg : Maribus
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI Bio-14-0068
    In: World ocean review
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt: Vorwort. - Die Bedeutung der Meeresfische. - Die Rolle des Fischs im Ökosystem. - Bedrohte Vielfalt. - Conclusio: Das große Ganze im Meer. - Von Fischen und Menschen. - Fisch - ein geschätztes Gut. - Das Gute im Fisch. - Conclusio: Nahrungs- und Einkommensquelle für Millionen. - Wie es um den Fisch steht. - Die weltweite Jagd nach Fisch. - Fern und gefährdet - die Tiefsee. - Die illegale Fischerei. - Conclusio: Nach der Einsicht langsame Besserung. - Die große Zukunft der Fischzucht. - Aquakultur - Proteinlieferant für die Welt. - Wege zur schonenden Aquakultur. - Conclusio: Die Zukunft des Zuchtfischs. - Fischbestände richtig managen. - Fischen am Limit. - Wege zu einem besseren Fischereimanagement. - Kehrtwende in der Fischreipolitik?. - Conclusio: Lernen aus leidvoller Erfahrung?. - Gesamt-Conclusio. - Glossar. - Abkürzungen. - Mitwirkende. - Quellenverzeichnis. - Abbildungsverzeichnis. - Index. - Partner und Danksagung. - Impressum.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 147 S. : zahlr. Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783866482005
    Series Statement: World ocean review 2
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hamburg : Maribus
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI Bio-14-0069
    In: World ocean review
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Preface. - The importance of marine fish. - The role of fish in the ecosystem. - Diversity at risk. - Conclusion: the "big picture" in the ocean. - Of fish and folk. - Fish - a prized commodity. - The goodness in fish. - Conclusion: Source of nutrition and income for millions. - Plenty more fish in the sea?. - The global hunt for fish. - The deep sea - remote and endangered. - Illegal fishing. - Conclusion: Slow but steady improvement. - A bright future for fish farming. - Aquaculture - protein provider for the world. - Towards more eco-friendly aquaculture. - Conclusion: The future of farmed fish. - Getting stock management right. - Fishing at its limit. - Towards better fisheries management. - Turning the tide in fisheries policy?. - Conclusion: Learning from bitter experience?. - Overall conclusion. - Glossary. - Abbreviations. - Contributors. - Bibliography. - Table of figures. - Index. - Partners and Acknowlegments. - Publication details.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 142 S. : zahlr. Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783866482012
    Series Statement: World ocean review 2
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Köln : Heymann
    Call number: AWI S5-15-0035
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - Inhaltsverzeichnis. - Abkürzungsverzeichnis. - 1 Was Sie als erfolgreicher Patentrechercheur über Patente wissen sollten. - 1.1 Wozu braucht man Patente?. - 1.2 Wie bekommt man ein Patent?. - 1.3 Welche Anmeldemöglichkeiten gibt es?. - 1.3.1 Der nationale Weg zum Patent - Anmelden beim Deutschen Patent- und Markenamt (DPMA). - 1.3.2 Der europäische Weg zum Patent - Anmelden beim Europäischen Patentamt. - 1.3.3 Der internationale Weg zum Patent - Anmelden über die Verträge nach Kapitel I und II PCT (Patent Cooperation Treaty). - 1.4 Was bedeutet "Priorität"?. - 1.5 Was kann man gegen bestehende Patente und Anmeldungen anderer tun?. - 1.5.1 Einwendungen Dritter - Stellen des Prüfungsantrags. - 1.5.2 Einspruch. - 1.5.3 Das Nichtigkeitsverfahren. - 1.5.4 Gerichtliche Zuständigkeit für einheitliche Patente. - 1.6 Wie sind Anmelde- bzw. Patentnummern aufgebaut? Was bedeuten die Abkürzungen und Codes, die man im Patentwesen häufig antrifft?. - 1.6.1 Spezielle Abkürzungen und Codes: Aktenzeichen, Anmelde-, Offenlegungs-, Veröffentlichungs- oder Publikations- und Patentnummern. - 1.6.2 Spezielle Abkürzungen und Codes - Referenznummern von Patentpublikationen. - 1.6.3 Spezielle Abkürzungen und Codes - Buchstabencodes von Recherchenberichten. - 2 Was Sie als Patentexperte über die Patentrecherche wissen sollten. - 2.1 Wie wird heute recherchiert?. - 2.2 Was ist eine Datenbank, wie ist sie aufgebaut?. - 2.3 Welche Arten von Patentdatenbanken gibt es?. - 2.3.1 Bibliografische Datenbanken. - 2.3.2 Zusammenfassungsdatenbanken (Abstractdatenbanken). - 2.3.3 Volltextdatenbanken. - 2.3.4 Faksimiledatenbanken. - 2.4 Welche Sprache versteht meine Datenbank?. - 2.5 Was sind Operatoren? - ein wenig Algebra muss sein. - 3 Recherchenwerkzeuge für das Internet. - 3.1 Stichwortrecherche (Keywords). - 3.2 Klassifikation - was ist das?. - 3.2.1 Internationale Patentklassifikation (IPK, IPC). - 3.3 Was versteht man unter "reference-hunting" ("citing & cited documents")?. - 4 Wie sucht man nach patentrelevanten Informationen im Internet. - 4.1 Patentdatenbanken. - 4.1.1 Wonach kann in einer Patentdatenbank gesucht werden?. - 4.1.2 Klassifikationssysteme. - 4.1.2.1 Internationale Patentklassifikation. - 4.1.2.1.1 Aktualisierung der IPC. - 4.1.2.1.2 Wo finde ich weitere Informationen über die IPC?. - 4.1.2.2 Gemeinsame Patentklassifikation (CPC). - 4.1.2.2.1 Die Vorläufer ECLA und UCLA. - 4.1.2.2.2 Wo finde ich weitere Informationen zur CPC?. - 4.1.2.3 Japanische Patentklassifikation. - 4.1.2.3.1 FI-Terms. - 4.1.2.3.2 F-Terms. - 4.1.2.3.3 Weitere Informationen zu F-/FI-Terms. - 4.1.2.4 Wie finde ich die richtige Patentklassifikation?. - 4.1.2.5 Common Citation Document (CCD). - 4.1.2.6 Weitere Codes. - 4.2 Kommerzielle Anbieter. - 4.3 Suche nach Nicht-Patent Literatur. - 4.3.1 Internet-Suchmaschinen. - 4.3.1.1 Google. - 4.3.1.2 Google Patents. - 4.3.1.3 Meta - Suchmaschinen. - 4.3.2 Suche nach chemischen Verbindungen. - 4.3.2.1 Wie suche ich nach dem Namen einer chemischen Verbindung?. - 4.3.2.2 Wie sucht man nach der Summenformel einer chemischen Verbindung?. - 4.3.2.3 Wie sucht man nach Codes?. - 4.3.2.4 Wie sucht man nach Strukturformeln?. - 4.3.2.5 Wie sucht man nach physikalischen Parametern?. - 4.3.2.6 Wie sucht man nach DNA/RNA und Proteinen?. - 4.4 Publikationsdatum. - 4.4.1 Die Wayback Machine. - 5 Patentrecherche im Internet - die wichtigsten Datenbanken für eine erfolgreiche Suche. - 5.1 Die wichtigsten Datenbanken - die Top Adressen. - 5.1.1 Espacenet. - 5.1.2 USPTO Datenbank (Homepage des Patent- und Markenamts der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika). - 5.1.3 Japanische Patentdatenbank. - 5.1.4 Internationale Patentanmeldungen. - 5.1.5 DEPATISnet. - 5.1.6 Chinesisches Patentamt. - 5.1.7 Koreanisches Patentamt. - 5.1.8 Übersicht über die Suchfelder einiger wichtiger Datenbanken. - 5.2 Datenbanken weiterer Patentämter. - 5.2.1 Australisches Patentamt. - 5.2.2 Eidgenössisches Institut für geistiges Eigentum. - 5.2.3 Indisches Patentamt. - 5.2.4 Kanadisches Patentamt. - 5.2.5 Neuseeländisches Amt für gewerbliches Eigentum. - 5.2.6 Österreichisches Patent-und Markenamt. - 5.2.7 Russische Föderation. - 5.2.8 Thailändisches Amt für Gewerblichen Rechtsschutz. - 5.2.9 In englischer Sprache recherchierbare Datenbanken nationaler Patentämter. - 5.2.9.1 Ägyptisches Patentamt. - 5.2.9.2 Eurasische Patentorganisation. - 5.2.9.3 Georgisches Patentamt. - 5.2.9.4 Hongkong, Amt für Gewerblichen Rechtsschutz. - 5.2.9.5 Malaysia, Amt für Gewerblichen Rechtschutz. - 5.2.9.6 Philippinen, Amt für Gewerblichen Rechtschutz. - 5.2.9.7 Moldavien, Amt für Gewerblichen Rechtschutz. - 5.2.9.8 Patentamt des Konzils Arabischer Golfstaaten. - 5.2.9.9 Singapur, Amt für Gewerblichen Rechtschutz. - 5.2.9.10 Taiwan, Amt für Gewerblichen Rechtsschutz. - 5.2.9.11 Liste weiterer Patentämter. - 5.3 Nicht - Patentdatenbanken. - 5.3.1 Patentgesetze. - 5.3.1.1 Amtsblatt des EPA. - 5.3.1.2 Deutsches Patentgesetz. - 5.3.1.3 Entscheidungen der Beschwerdekammern des EPA. - 5.3.1.4 Europäisches Patentübereinkommen 2000 (EPÜ 2000). - 5.3.1.5 Europäisches Patentübereinkommen 1973 (EPÜ 1973). - 5.3.2 Klassifikationen. - 5.3.2.1 Gemeinsame Patentklassifikation (CPC). - 5.3.2.2 Internationale Patentklassifikation. - 5.3.2.3 IPC-CPC-ECLA Konkordanztabelle. - 5.3.3 Technische Datenbanken. - 5.3.3.1 Biotechnologiedatenbanken. - 5.3.3.2 Brenda Enzymdatenbank. - 5.3.3.3 ChemBioFinder. - 5.3.3.4 ChemIDplus. - 5.3.3.5 Chemie.de. - 5.3.3.6 Chemsynthesis. - 5.3.3.7 CiteSeerX. - 5.3.3.8 Common Chemistry. - 5.3.3.9 Electronic Orange Book. - 5.3.3.10 Globalspec. - 5.3.3.11 Google Scholar. - 5.3.3.12 MatWeb. - 5.3.3.13 MEDLINE und medizinische Datenbanken. - 5.3.3.14 NIST. - 5.3.3.15 NIST Chemistry Webbook. - 5.3.3.16 Physik.de. - 5.3.3.17 Pubchem. - 5.3.3.18 Scirus. - 6 Strategien zur erfolgreichen Patentrecherche. - 6.1 Die Planung einer Patentrecherche. - 6.2 Die Grundstrategien. - 6.2.1 Was versteht man unter "brief search"?. - 6.2.2 Was versteht man unter Blockbildung ("block building")?. - 6.2.3 Was versteht man unter "successive-fractions"?. - 6.3 Von den Grundstrategien zur kompletten Patentrecherche. - 6.4 Wie lange soll man recherchieren?. - 6.5 Beispiele zur erfolgreichen Patentrecherche im Internet. - 7 Spezialrecherchen: erteilte Patente, Rechtsstand, Familienmitglieder und Akteneinsicht. - 7.1 Die Recherche nach erteilten Patenten. - 7.2 Ermittlung des Schutzrechtsportfolios von Mitbewerbern. - 7.3 Patentüberwachung. - 7.4 Recherche nach Familienmitgliedern. - 7.5 Akteneinsicht und Rechtsstandsabfragen. - 7.5.1 Rechtsstandsrecherche. - 7.5.1.1 INPADOC / Europäisches Patentamt. - 7.5.1.2 Eidgenössisches Institut für Geistiges Eigentum. - 7.5.1.3 Österreichisches Patent-und Markenamt . - 7.5.1.4 DPMAregister. - 7.5.2 Akteneinsicht. - 7.5.2.1 Europäisches Patentamt (EPA). - 7.5.2.2 United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO). - 7.5.2.3 Japanese Patent Office (JPO). - 7.5.2.4 Internationale (PCT) Anmeldungen. - 7-5.2.5 Chinesisches Patentamt (SIPO). - 7.5.2.6 Eidenössisches Institut für Geistiges Eigentum. - 7.5.2.7 Österreichisches Patent-und Markenamt. - 7.5.2.8 Deutsches Patent-und Markenamt (DPMA). - 8 Anhang. - 8.1 Datenbankabdeckung. - 8.1.1 Espacenet - weltweit. - 8.1.2 Datenbank des USPTO. - 8.1.3 Japanische Patentdatenbank. - 8.1.4 Internationale Patentanmeldungen. - 8.1.5 DEPATISnet. - 8.1.6 Koreanisches Patentamt. - 8.1.7 Chinesisches Patentamt. - 8.1.8 Australisches Patentamt. - 8.1.9 Eidgenössisches Institut für geistiges Eigentum. - 8.1.10 Indisches Patentamt. - 8.1.11 Kanadisches Patentamt. - 8.1.12 Russisches Patentamt. - 8.1.13 Thailändisches Patentamt. - 8.2 Stoppwortlisten. - 8.2.1 Espacenet. - 8.2.2 Datenbank des USPTO. - 8.2.3 Japanische Patentdatenbank. - 8.2.4 DEPATISnet. - 8.2.5 Australisches Patentamt. - 8.3 Glossar. - 8.4 Linkliste. - 8.5 Arbeitsblätter. - 8.5.1 Espacenet (Datenbank des Europäisches Patentamts). - 8.5.2 USPTO (Datenbank des US Patent- und Markenamts). - 8.5.3 PAJ (Datenbank des Japanischen Patentamts). - 8.5.4 Patentscope (Datenbank der WIPO). - 8.5.5 DEPATISnet (Datenbank des Deutschen Patent- und Markenamts). - 8.5.6 SIPO (Datenbank des Chinesischen Amts für Geistiges Eigentum). - 8.5.7 KIPO (Datenbank des Koreanischen Amts für Geistiges Eigentum). - Stichwortverzeichnis.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 227 S. : Ill., graph. Darst. ; 23 cm
    Edition: 4. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783452279132
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Kazan' : Kazanskij Universitet
    Call number: AWI Bio-13-0152
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 147 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9785000190074
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: AWI NBM-13-0123
    In: Special publications
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 CD-ROM ; 12 cm
    ISBN: 9789292212766
    Series Statement: Special publications / European Space Agency 712
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: AWI G2-13-0081 ; M 13.0248 ; PIK N 076-14-0025
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 20 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783936191639
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: AWI G2-13-0082
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 19 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783936191646
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: AWI A14-13-0083 ; ad AWI A14-13-0083
    Description / Table of Contents: This handbook provides the first comprehensive review of measurement principles, instruments and processing techniques for airborne observation of the earth's atmosphere and surface. For each field, the major prinicples of measurement are presented and illustrated with commonly-used airborne instruments, to assess the present capabilities in terms of accuracy, to raise awareness of specific issues with the interpretation of measurements from airborne operations, and to review emerging measurement techniques. The authors are internationally-recognized experts in their field, who actively contribute to the design and developement of modern airborne instrumentation and processing techniques. While primarily intended for climate, geophysical and atmospheric researchers, its relevance to the solar system makes this work useful to astronomers studying planetary atmospheres with telescopes and space probes.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXII, 655 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783527409969
    Series Statement: Wiley series in atmospheric physics and remote sensing
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface A Tribute to Dr. Robert Knollenberg List of Contributors 1 Introduction to Airborne Measurements of the Earth Atmosphere and Surface / Ulrich Schumann, David W. Fahey, Manfred Wendisch, and Jean-Louis Brenguier 2 Measurement of Aircraft State and Thermodynamic and Dynamic Variables / Jens Bange, Marco Esposito, Donald H. Lenschow, Philip R. A. Brown,Volker Dreiling, Andreas Giez, Larry Mahrt, Szymon P. Malinowski, Alfred R. Rodi, Raymond A. Shaw, Holger Siebert, Herman Smit, Martin Zöger 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Historical 2.3 Aircraft State Variables 2.3.1 Barometric Measurement of Aircraft Height 2.3.2 Inertial Attitude, Velocity, and Position 2.3.2.1 System Concepts 2.3.2.2 Attitude Angle Definitions 2.3.2.3 Gyroscopes and Accelerometers 2.3.2.4 Inertial-Barometric Corrections 2.3.3 Satellite Navigation by Global Navigation Satellite Systems 2.3.3.1 GNSS Signals 2.3.3.2 Differential GNSS 2.3.3.3 Position Errors and Accuracy of Satellite Navigation 2.3.4 Integrated IMU/GNSS Systems for Position and Attitude Determination 2.3.5 Summary, Gaps, Emerging Technologies 2.4 Static Air Pressure 2.4.1 Position Error 2.4.1.1 Tower Flyby 2.4.1.2 Trailing Sonde 2.4.2 Summary 2.5 Static Air Temperature 2.5.1 Aeronautic Definitions of Temperatures 2.5.2 Challenges of Airborne Temperature Measurements 2.5.3 Immersion Probe 2.5.4 Reverse-Flow Sensor 2.5.5 Radiative Probe 2.5.6 Ultrasonic Probe 2.5.7 Error Sources 2.5.7.1 Sensor 2.5.7.2 Dynamic Error Sources 2.5.7.3 In-Cloud Measurements 2.5.8 Calibration of Temperature Sensors 2.5.9 Summary, Gaps, Emerging Technologies 2.6 Water Vapor Measurements 2.6.1 Importance of Atmospheric Water Vapor 2.6.2 Humidity Variables 2.6.3 Dew or Frost Point Hygrometer 2.6.4 Lyman-α Absorption Hygrometer 2.6.5 Lyman-α Fluorescence Hygrometer 2.6.6 Infrared Absorption Hygrometer 2.6.7 Tunable Laser Absorption Spectroscopy Hygrometer 2.6.8 Thin Film Capacitance Hygrometer 2.6.9 Total Water Vapor and Isotopic Abundances of 18O and 2H 2.6.10 Factors Influencing In-Flight Performance 2.6.10.1 Sticking of Water Vapor at Surfaces 2.6.10.2 Sampling Systems 2.6.11 Humidity Measurements with Dropsondes 2.6.12 Calibration and In-Flight Validation 2.6.13 Summary and Emerging Technologies 2.7 Three-Dimensional Wind Vector 2.7.1 Airborne Wind Measurement Using Gust Probes 2.7.1.1 True Airspeed (TAS) and Aircraft Attitude 2.7.1.2 Wind Vector Determination 2.7.1.3 Baseline Instrumentation 2.7.1.4 Angles of Attack and Sideslip 2.7.2 Errors and Flow Distortion 2.7.2.1 Parameterization Errors 2.7.2.2 Measurement Errors 2.7.2.3 Timing Errors 2.7.2.4 Errors due to Incorrect Sensor Configuration 2.7.3 In-Flight Calibration 2.8 Small-Scale Turbulence 2.8.1 Hot-Wire/Hot-Film Probes for High-Resolution Flow Measurements 2.8.2 Laser Doppler Anemometers 2.8.3 Ultrasonic Anemometers/Thermometers 2.8.4 Measurements of Atmospheric Temperature Fluctuations with Resistance Wires 2.8.5 Calibration of Fast-Response Sensors 2.8.6 Summary, Gaps, and Emerging Technologies 2.9 Flux Measurements 2.9.1 Basics 2.9.2 Measurement Errors 2.9.3 Flux Sampling Errors 2.9.3.1 Systematic Flux Error 2.9.3.2 Random Flux Error 2.9.4 Area-Averaged Turbulent Flux 2.9.5 Preparation for Airborne Flux Measurement 3 In SituTrace Gas Measurements / Jim McQuaid, Hans Schlager, Maria Dolores Andrés-Hernández,Stephen Ball, Agnès Borbon, Steve S. Brown, Valery Catoire, Piero Di Carlo, Thomas G. Custer, Marc von Hobe, James Hopkins, Klaus Pfeilsticker, Thomas Röckmann, Anke Roiger, Fred Stroh, Jonathan Williams, and Helmut Ziereis 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Historical and Rationale 3.3 Aircraft Inlets for Trace Gases 3.4 Examples of Recent Airborne Missions 3.5 Optical In SituTechniques 3.5.1 UV Photometry 3.5.2 Differential Optical Absorption Spectroscopy 3.5.2.1 Measurement Principle 3.5.2.2 Examples of Measurement 3.5.3 Cavity Ring-Down Spectroscopy 3.5.3.1 Measurement Principle 3.5.3.2 Aircraft Implementation 3.5.3.3 Calibration and Uncertainty 3.5.3.4 Broadband Cavity Spectroscopic Methods 3.5.4 Gas Filter Correlation Spectroscopy 3.5.5 Tunable Laser Absorption Spectroscopy 3.5.5.1 Tunable Diode Versus QCLs 3.5.5.2 Further Progress 3.5.6 Fluorescence Techniques 3.5.6.1 Resonance Fluorescence 3.5.6.2 LIF Techniques 3.5.6.3 Chemical Conversion Resonance Fluorescence Technique 3.6 Chemical Ionization Mass Spectrometry 3.6.1 Negative-Ion CIMS 3.6.1.1 Measurement Principle and Aircraft Implementation 3.6.1.2 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.6.1.3 Measurement Example 3.6.2 The Proton Transfer Reaction Mass Spectrometer 3.6.3 Summary and Future Perspectives 3.7 Chemical Conversion Techniques 3.7.1 Peroxy Radical Chemical Amplification 3.7.1.1 Measurement Principles 3.7.1.2 Airborne Measurements 3.7.1.3 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.7.2 Chemiluminescence Techniques 3.7.2.1 Measurement Principle 3.7.2.2 Measurement of Ozone Using Chemiluminescence 3.7.2.3 NOy and NO2 Conversion 3.7.2.4 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.7.2.5 Measurement Examples 3.7.2.6 Summary 3.7.3 Liquid Conversion Techniques 3.7.3.1 Measurement Principles 3.7.3.2 Aircraft Implementation 3.7.3.3 Data Processing 3.7.3.4 Limitations, Uncertainties, and Error Propagation 3.7.3.5 Calibration and Maintenance 3.7.3.6 Measurement Examples 3.7.3.7 Summary and Emerging Technologies 3.8 Whole Air Sampler and Chromatographic Techniques 3.8.1 Rationale 3.8.2 Whole Air Sampling Systems 3.8.2.1 Design of Air Samplers 3.8.2.2 The M55-Geophysica Whole Air Sampler 3.8.3 Water Vapor Sampling for Isotope Analysis 3.8.4 Measurement Examples 3.8.5 Off-Line Analysis of VOCs 3.8.5.1 Air Mass Ageing 3.8.5.2 Using VOC Observations to Probe Radical Chemistry 4 In Situ Measurements of Aerosol Particles / Andreas Petzold, Paola Formenti, Darrel Baumgardner, Ulrich Bundke, Hugh Coe, Joachim Curtius, Paul J. DeMott, Richard C. Flagan, Markus Fiebig, James G. Hudson, Jim McQuaid, Andreas Minikin, Gregory C. Roberts, and Jian Wang 4.1 Introduction 4.1.1 Historical Overview 4.1.2 Typical Mode Structure of Aerosol Particle Size Distribution 4.1.3 Quantitative Description of Aerosol Particles 4.1.4 Chapter Structure 4.2 Aerosol Particle Number Concentration 4.2.1 Condensation Particle Counters 4.2.2 Calibration of Cut-Off and Low-Pressure Detection Efficiency 4.3 Aerosol Particle Size Distribution 4.3.1 Single-Particle Optical Spectrometers 4.3.1.1 Measurement Principles and Implementation 4.3.1.2 Measurement Issues 4.3.2 Aerodynamic Separators 4.3.3 Electrical Mobility Measurements of Particle Size Distributions 4.3.4 Inversion Methods 4.4 Chemical Composition of Aerosol Particles 4.4.1 Direct Offline Methods 4.4.2 Direct Online Methods (Aerosol Mass Spectrometer, Single Particle Mass Spectrometer, and Particle-Into-Liquid Sampler) 4.4.2.1 Bulk Aerosol Collection and Analysis 4.4.2.2 Mass Spectrometric Methods 4.4.2.3 Incandescence Methods 4.4.3 Indirect Methods 4.5 Aerosol Optical Properties 4.5.1 Scattering Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.2 Absorption of Solar Radiation Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.2.1 Filter-Based Methods 4.5.2.2 In Situ Methods 4.5.2.3 Airborne Application 4.5.3 Extinction Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.4 Inversion Methods 4.6 CCN and IN 4.6.1 CCN Measurements Methods 4.6.2 IN Measurement Methods 4.6.3 Calibration 4.6.3.1 CCN Instrument Calibration 4.6.3.2 IN Instrument Calibration 4.7 Challenges and Emerging Techniques 4.7.1 Particle Number 4.7.2 Particle Size 4.7.3 Aerosol Optical Properties 4.7.4 Chemical Composition of Aerosol Particles 4.7.5 CCN Measurements 4.7.6 IN Measurements 5 In Situ Measurements of Cloud and Precipitation Particles / Jean-Louis Brenguier, William Bachalo, Patrick Y. Chuang, Biagio M. Esposito, Jacob Fugal, Timothy Garrett, Jean-Francois Gayet, Hermann Gerber, Andy Heymsfield, Alexander Kokhanovsky, Alexei Korolev, R. Paul Lawson, David C. Rogers, Raymond A. Shaw, Walter Strapp, and Manfred Wendisch 5.1 Introduction 5.1.1 Rationale 5.1.2 Characterization of Cloud Microphysical Properties 5.1.3 Chapter Outline 5.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI P6-13-0049
    Description / Table of Contents: Antarctica is the coldest and driest continent on earth - a place for adventure and a key area for global science. Research conducted in this extreme environment has received increasing international attention in recent years due to concerns over destruction of the ozone layer above it and the problems of global warming and rising sea levels. Data collected in the Antarctic now informs a wide range of scientific fields. A record of the globe's climate is locked up in its deep snow and ice while, as part of the early supercontinent Gondwana, its rocks have much to teach us about the geological history of the earth. Adiversity of unique plants and animals abound in Antarctic waters and the clear skies overhead allow astronomers to probe the outer reaches of the universe. Governed internationally since 1959, the Antarctic is also an object lesson in collaboration between nations. This dramatically illustrated new book brings together an international group of leading Antarctic scientists to explain why the Antarctic is so central to understanding the history and potential fate of our planet. It introduces the beauty of the world's greatest wilderness, its remarkable attributes, and the global importance of the international science done there. Spanning topics from marine biology to space science, this book is an accessible overview for anyone interested in the Antarctic and its science and governance. It provides a valuable summary for those involved in polar management and development of new research programmes, and is an inspiration for the next generation of Antarctic researchers.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 342 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9781107003927
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of contributors. - Introduction. - 1 Discovering the unknown continent. - 2 A keystone in a changing world. - 3 Ice with everything. - 4 Climate of extremes. - 5 Stormy and icy seas. - 6 Life in a cold environment. - 7 Space science research from Antarctica. - 8 Living and working in the cold. - 9 Scientists together in the cold. - 10 Managing the frozen commons. - 11 Antarctica: a global change perspective. - Appendix A Visiting Antarctica. - Appendix B Further reading. - Acknowledgements. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Akureyri, Iceland] : Conservation of Arctic Flora and Fauna
    Call number: AWI Bio-14-0009
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Indigenous peoples and biodiversity in the Arctic. - 1 Synthesis: Implications for Conservation. - 2 Species Diversity in the Arctic. - 3 Mammals. - 4 Birds. - 5 Amphibians and Reptiles. - 6 Fishes. - 7 Terrestrial and Freshwater Invertebrates. - 8 Marine Invertebrates. - 9 Plants. - 10 Fungi. - 11 Microorganisms. - 12 Terrestrial Ecosystems. - 13 Freshwater Ecosystems. - 14 Marine Ecosystems. - 15 Parasites. - 16 Invasive Species: Human-Induced. - 17 Genetics. - 18 Provisioning and Cultural Services. - 19 Disturbance, Feedbacks and Conservations. - 20 Linguistic Diversity.
    Description / Table of Contents: The eyes of the world are turning northwards. In recent years, interest in the Arctic has increased dramatically within and outside of Arctic countries. This is reflected in the amount of attention given to Arctic biodiversity. While the landscapes and wildlife have been the subject of explorers, scientists, artists and photographers as well as the home of a variety of peoples for a long time, until recently Arctic biodiversity did not feature very prominently in national or international policy work. This, however, is changing, as the unique values of Arctic nature are increasingly discussed at high levels. At the same time, more and more attention has been paid to the interface between science and policy to ensure that policy is built on the best science available. Biodiversity is life. It is the very foundation of our existence on Earth. In the Arctic, links between biodiversity and traditional ways of life are often seen more clearly than in many other parts of the world. These are examples of ecosystem services, the benefits that we receive from nature. Many ecosystems and ecosystem functions in the Arctic remain largely unstudied and involve little-known organisms, especially microbes. The Arctic Biodiversity Assessment presents current knowledge also on these processes and organisms and thus provides a base for further work.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vii, 557 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: AWI G2-14-0008
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Council Staff . - Acknowledgments. - Boxes. - Tables. - Figures. - Acronyms and Abbreviations. - Summary. - Introduction. - 1 The Oceans in the Anthropocene. - 1.1 Use of the oceans. - 1.1.1 The legendary sea and its cultural meanings. - 1.1.2 Food from the sea. - 1.1.3 Ocean shipping and maritime trade. - 1.1.4 The sea as a dump for waste and waste water. - 1.1.5 Energy from the sea. - 1.1.6 Marine mining and resource extraction. - 1.1.7 The economic value of marine ecosystems. - 1.2 Threats to the oceans. - 1.2.1 Physical destruction of ecosystems. - 1.2.2 Overfishing. - 1.2.3 Impacts of marine pollution. - 1.2.3.1 Results of chemical pollution. - 1.2.3.2 Results of plastic pollution. - 1.2.3.3 Radioactive contamination. - 1.2.4 Warming. - 1.2.5 CO2 input and acidification. - 1.2.6 Low-oxygen zones. - 1.2.7 Sea-level rise. - 1.2.8 Aggregated effects. - 1.3 Possible new uses. - 1.3.1 Renewable energy. - 1.3.2 Raw materials. - 1.3.3 Marine genetic resources. - 1.3.4 New developments in marine aquaculture. - 1.4 Shaping the future of the marine ecosystem. - 1.4.1 Primary principles and values. - 1.4.2 Guiding principle for human interaction with the oceans. - 1.4.2.1 Think systemically: Regard and maintain the sea as an ecosystem and aspart of the Earth system. - 1.4.2.2 Act in a precautionary way: Take uncertainty and ignorance into account. - 1.4.2.3 Cooperate: overcoming the tragedy of the commons. - 1.4.3 Exemplary specification of the guiding principle for the sustainable stewardship of the marine ecosystem. - 2 Global Society and Social Contract. - 2.1 Global society and world's oceans. - 2.1.1 The global society in the Anthropocene. - 2.1.2 The emerging global society and global society theory. - 2.1.3 The cosmopolitan challenge. - 2.1.4 Global appreciation of the oceans. - 2.2 A social contract for the seas. - 2.2.1 A social contract as a basis for the Great Transformation. - 2.2.2 Reform of ocean governance. - 3 Governance of Human Ocean Use. - 3.1 Specifics of the seas. - 3.1.1 Oceans as part of the Earth system. - 3.1.2 Demands on marine policy caused by knowledge gaps. - 3.1.3 Oceans as a global public and common good. - 3.1.4 Touchstones for assessing the existing governanceof the oceans. - 3.1.5 Common heritage of mankind. - 3.2 Ocean governance in international law: UNCLOS. - 3.2.1 Zoning of the oceans by UNCLOS. - 3.2.1.1 Territorial sea. - 3.2.1.2 Contiguous zone. - 3.2.1.3 Exclusive economic zone. - 3.2.1.4 Continental shelf. - 3.2.1.5 High seas. - 3.2.1.6 The Area. - 3.2.2 Regulations of UNCLOS on the conservation and sustainable use of the oceans. - 3.2.3 Institutions of UNCLOS. - 3.2.3.1 International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea. - 3.2.3.2 International Seabed Authority and the seabed regime. - 3.2.4 Assessment of UNCLOS. - 3.2.4.1 Systemic perspective. - 3.2.4.2 Precautionary principle. - 3.2.4.3 Adaptive management. - 3.2.4.4 Incentives for innovation. - 3.2.4.5 Assignment of rights of use. - 3.2.4.6 Cooperation. - 3.2.4.7 Subsidiary decision-making structures. - 3.2.4.8 Transparent information. - 3.2.4.9 Participative decision-making structures. - 3.2.4.10 Fair distribution mechanisms. - 3.2.4.11 Conflict-resolution mechanisms. - 3.2.4.12 Enforcement mechanisms. - 3.2.5 Core problems and challenges of future ocean governance. - 3.3 Global ocean governance: UN institutions and activities. - 3.3.1 Actors: UN bodies and specialized organizations. - 3.3.1.1 UN General Assembly and UNSecretary-General. - 23.3.1.2 Rio Process. - 3.3.1.3 International Maritime Organization. - 3.3.1.4 UNESCO Intergovernmental Oceanic Commission. - 3.3.1.5 UN Environmental Programme (UNEP). - 3.3.1.6 UN-Oceans. - 3.3.1.7 Global Environment Facility (GEF). - 3.3.1.8 World Bank Group. - 3.3.2 UN conventions relating to the oceans. - 3.3.2.1 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD). - 3.3.2.2 Negotiations on a new implementing agreement on marine biodiversityon the high seas. - 3.3.2.3 UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). - 3.3.2.4 UNESCO World Heritage Convention and World Heritage Marine Programme. - 3.3.2.5 MARPOL and SOLAS. - 3.3.2.6 London Convention and London Protocol. - 3.4 Regional ocean governance. - 3.4.1 UNEP Regional Seas Programme. - 3.4.2 Regional seas agreements. - 3.4.2.1 Task areas. - 3.4.2.2 Institutionalization: governance mechanisms and capacity. - 3.4.2.3 Cooperation, coordination, coherence and complementarity. - 3.4.3 EU marine policy. - 3.5 Private ocean governance. - 3.5.1 Options and limitations. - 3.5.2 Example: eco-labels and sustainability labels. - 3.6 Selected instruments. - 3.6.1 Environmental monitoring. - 3.6.2 Marine protected areas and marine spatial planning. - 3.6.2.1 Marine protected areas. - 3.6.2.2 Marine spatial planning. - 3.6.3 Integrated coastal-zone management.. - 3.6.4 Environmental standards. - 3.6.5 Environmental liability. - 3.6.6 Sanctions. - 3.6.7 Class actions. - 3.6.8 International financial transfers. - 3.7 Conclusions. - 4 Food from the Sea. - 4.1 Marine fishery. - 4.1.1 Status and trends of fisheries. - 4.1.2 Importance and effects of fisheries. - 4.1.2.1 Food and food security. - 4.1.2.2 Socioeconomic significance and effects. - 4.1.2.3 Ecological significance and effects. - 4.1.2.4 Small-scale marine fisheries in the global context. - 4.1.3 Sustainable fisheries management: methods and instruments. - 4.1.3.1 Ecosystem approach and precautionary principle as the basis for sustainable fishing. - 4.1.3.2 Knowledge-based fisheries management. - 4.1.3.3 Instruments for the sustainable management of fish-stocks. - 4.1.3.4 Minimizing the ecological risks and side effects of fisheries. - 4.1.3.5 Monitoring and enforcement. - 4.1.3.6 Costs and financing the transition towards sustainable fisheries. - 4.1.4 International fisheries governance: institutions and focal points. - 4.1.4.1 Political objectives. - 4.1.4.2 The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. - 4.1.4.3 The FAO Code of Conduct for Responsible Fisheries. - 4.1.4.4 Fisheries governance on the high seas: the UN Fish Stocks Agreement and regional fisheries management organizations. - 4.1.4.5 Illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing. - 4.1.4.6 The external dimension of the EU Common Fisheries Policy. - 4.1.4.7 Subsidies in the fishing industry. - 4.1.4.8 International trade and trade policy. - 4.2 Aquaculture. - 4.2.1 Definitions and principles. - 4.2.2 State of aquaculture and trends. - 4.2.2.1 Growth and regional overview. - 4.2.2.2 Contribution to food security and poverty reduction. - 4.2.2.3 Environmental risks from aquaculture and conflicts over use at the coasts. - 4.2.2.4 Promoting ecologically sustainable aquaculture. - 4.2.3 Governance of aquaculture. - 4.2.3.1 Fundamental prerequisites for a sustainable form of aquaculture. - 4.2.3.2 Selected instruments for promoting sustainable aquaculture. - 4.2.3.3 Research and development for sustainable aquaculture. - 4.2.4 International and regional governance in aquaculture. - 4.2.4.1 International level. - 4.2.4.2 European Union. - 4.2.4.3 Regional seas agreements. - 4.3 Interactions between fisheries and aquaculture. - 4.3.1 Forage fisheries and breeding from wild-caught fish. - 4.3.2 Competition between uses. - 4.3.3 Reducing the proportion of fishmeal and fish oil used in aquaculture feeds. - 4.4 Systemic effects: land/sea interactions and feedbackloops with the Earth system. - 4.4.1 Climate change. - 4.4.2 Acidification. - 4.4.3 Low-oxygen zones and eutrophication. - 4.4.4 Anthropogenic pollution. - 4.4.5 Synergistic effects. - 4.5 Conclusions. - 5 Energy from the sea. - 5.1 Fossil energy carriers from the sea. - 5.1.1 Resource availability of fossil energy carriers. - 5.1.2 Technologies of offshore extraction. - 5.1.3 Environmental impact of fossil energy use. - 5.1.4 Infrastructure. - 5.1.4.1 Mineral oil. - 5.1.4.2 Natural gas. - 5.1.4.3 Carbon dioxide. - 5.1.5 Costs. - 5.1.6 Prospects of fossil-fuel extraction in the oceans. - 5.1.7 Conclusions. - 5.2 Renewable energy. - 5.2.1 Technological possibilities of offshore wind energy and marine energies. - 5.2.1.1 Development status of offshore wind energy. - 5.2.1.2 Development status of marine-energy technologies. - 5.2.2 Global potential of sea-based renewable power generation. - 5.2.2.1 Offshore wind energy. - 5.2.2.2 Marine energies. - 5.2.3 Environmental impact of marine renewable-energy generation. - 5.2.4 Infrastructure. - 5.2.4.1 Offshore logistics for renewable energy. - 5.2.4.2 Offshore storage technologies. - 5.2.5 Costs. - 5.2.5.1 Offshore wind energy. - 5.2.5.2 Marine energies. - 5.3 Vision of a future marine energy system. - 5.3.1 The status quo of marine energy generation. - 5.3.2 A future renewable marine energy system. - 5.3.3 Transformation of the marine energy system - from the status quo to the futureenergy system. - 5.4 Governance. - 5.4.1 Energy policy. - 5.4.2 Marine policy. - 5.4.2.1 Marine spatial planning. - 5.4.2.2 Construction of installations in the sea. - 5.4.2.3 Regulation of oil and gas production. - 5.4.2.4 Regulations on the storage of CO2 in the sea or the seabed. - 5.4.3 Promotion of innovation. - 5.4.3.1 Promotion of systemic innovation. - 5.4.3.2 Technology development. - 5.4.3.3 Innovation potential. - 5.4.3.4 Measures. - 5.5 Conclusions. - 6 Synthesis: The Blue Revolution. - 6.1 The oceans as the common heritage of mankind. - 6.2 Expansion into the oceans. - 6.3 A new initiative for the conservation and sustainable use of the seas. - 6.4 Elements of a new marine policy. - 7 Recommendations for Action. - 7.1 Guiding principles for future ocean governance. - 7.1.1 The oceans as the 'common heritage of mankind'. - 7.1.2 The systemic approach. - 7.1.3 The precautionary principle. - 7.1.4 Ten criteria for a future system of ocean governance. - 7.1.5 Implementation and enforcement. - 7.1.6 A social contract for the seas. - 7.2 The WBGU's vision of a comprehensive reform of the international law of the sea. - 7.2.1 The common heritage of mankind, the systemic approach and the precautionaryprinciple: three guiding principles for ocean management. - 7.2.2 Institutional changes. - 7.2.2.1 A global steward of the seas: the World Oceans Organization. - 7.2.2.2 Regional stewards of the seas: Regional Marine Management Organizations. - 7.2.2.3 Extend the jurisdiction of the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea. - 7.2.3 Rights and duties of states parties on the high seas and in EEZs. - 7.2.3.1 Conservation and sustainable use of the high seas. - 7.2.3.2 Conservation and sustainable use of the Exclusive Economic Zones. - 7.2.4 Instruments. - 7.3 Recommendations for action: the road to a comprehensivereform of the law of the sea. - 7.3.1 Strengthen the knowledge and action base of ocean governance. - 7.3.1.1 Improve marine environmental monitoring. - 7.3.1.2 Process scientific knowledge for policy-makers and support the Regular Process. - 7.3.1.3 Set up a multi-stakeholder forum. - 7.3.2 Create the necessary conditions for sustainable management. - 7.3.3 Develop strategies for future ocean governance. - 7.3.3.1 Develop the Oceans Compact into an Integrated World Oceans Strategy. - 7.3.3.2 Ratify regional, national and local marine strategies. - 7.3.3.3 Take on a pioneering role - forge subglobal alliances. - 7.3.4 Support and flesh out the international law of the sea. - 7.3.4.1 Promote the signing, ratification and implementation of UNCLOS. - 7.3.4.2 Reach a new implementing agreement on biological diversity on the high seas. - 7.3.4.3 Advance the UN Fish Stocks Agreement and Regional Fisheries Management Organizations (RFMOs). - 7.3.5 Strengthen regional ocean governance. - 7.3.5.1 Strengthen and expand the UNEP Regional Seas Programme. - 7.3.5.2 Strengthen regional seas agreements. - 7.3.5.3 Improve dovetailing in regional ocean governance. - 7.3.6 Develop concepts for the joint funding of ocean governance. - 7.3.6.1 Strengthen international financing mechanisms. - 7.3.6.2 Use the mechanisms of the Framework Convention on Climate Change for funding. - 7.3.6.3 Utilize user charges as a source of funding. - 7.3.7 Employ incentive instruments and funding structures. - 7.3.7.1 Create economic incentives for sustainable uses. - 7.3.7.2 Develop funding structures for long-term-oriented investments. - 7.3.8 Strengthen and expand private governance. - 7.3.8.1 Introduce a standardized Europe-wide system of certification for wild-caught fish and seafood. - 7.3.8.2 Improve legal certainty on the WTO-conformity of sustainability standards. - 7.3.9 Considerably expand marine protected areas and spatial planning. - 7.3.9.1 Expand marine protected areas. - 7.3.9.2 Expand cross-border marine spatial planning. - 7.3.10 Promote the harmonization of existing liability regimes. - 7.4 Food from the sea. - 7.4.1 Recommendations for action on marine fisheries. - 7.4.1.1 Overall recommendations for a change of course in fisheries. - 7.4.1.2 Improve the preconditions for knowledge-based fishery. - 7.4.1.3 Reduce subsidies. - 7.4.1.4 Stop wastefulness. - 7.4.1.5 Combat illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing. - 7.4.1.6 Take into account climate change, ocean acidification and other systemic effects. - 7.4.1.7 Reform the European Union's Common Fisheries Policy. - 7.4.1.8 Marine small-scale fisheries in the global context. - 7.4.2 Recommendations for action on aquaculture. - 7.4.2.1 Improve knowledge and data resources. - 7.4.2.2 Promote the development of sustainable aquaculture systems. - 7.4.2.3 Implement international and EU-wide recommendations. - 7.4.2.4 Strengthen economic policy supporting sustainable aquaculture. - 7.4.2.5 Promote cooperation, prevent conflicts. - 7.4.3 Fishing and aquaculture as elements of integrated strategies for food security. - 7.5 Use of energy from the sea for the energy-system transformation. - 7.5.1 Integrated energy, marine and innovation policiesfor the energy-system transformation. - 7.5.1.1 Energy policy. - 7.5.1.2 Marine policy. - 7.5.1.3 Innovation policy. - 7.5.2 Build an offshore supergrid. - 7.5.3 Refrain from marine methane hydrate mining. - 7.5.4 Develop regulations for sub-seabed CCS. - 8 Recommendations for Research and Education. - 8.1 Research in the context of the transformation towards sustainability. - 8.1.1 Key types of research. - 8.1.2 Innovative approaches in German marine research. - 8.2 Transformation research for the oceans. - 8.2.1 Conceptual background. - 8.2.2 Research recommendations. - 8.3 Transformative research for the seas. - 8.3.1 Research on global change. - 8.3.2 Ocean governance. - 8.3.2.1 Ocean governance for the transformation towards sustainability. - 8.3.2.2 Policy instruments for new challenges. - 8.3.3 Food from the sea. - 8.3.3.1 Fisheries. - 8.3.3.2 Aquaculture. - 8.3.3.3 Overarching issues. - 8.3.4 Energy from the sea. - 8.3.4.1 Technology research. - 8.3.4.2 Research on environmental hazards and risks. - 8.4 Recommendations on research policy. - 8.4.1 Stronger integration of interdisciplinary marine research into research programmes. - 8.4.2 Stronger institutionalization of interdisciplinary marine research. - 8.4.3 Strengthening of the interface between science and society in marine research. - 9 References. - 10 Glossary.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXIII, 362 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 1. Aufl., Red.-Schluss: 28.02.2013
    ISBN: 9783936191400
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Edition am Gutenbergplatz
    Call number: AWI A2-13-0040
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt: 1 Das Klima und seine Schwankungen. - 2 Vom großen Klimawandel vor 20.000 Jahren. - 3 Wetter- und Klimaextreme nach historischen Zeugnissen. - 4 Von der Kleinen Eiszeit zur modernen Warmzeit. - 5 Das stadteigene Klima. - 6 Welches Klima steht den Berlinern bevor?. - 7 Berlin im Klimawandel. - Schlussbemerkung. - Klimastatistik für Berlin-Dahlem 1981 - 2010. - Ergänzende Literatur. - Bild- und Datenquellen / Abkürzungen. - Autoren. - Index
    Description / Table of Contents: In diesem Buch zeichnen namhafte Wissenschaftler die Entwicklung des Klimas im Berliner Raum seit der letzten Eiszeit in allgemeinverständlicher Weise nach. Die bis in das 18. Jahrhundert zurück reichenden regulären Klimabeobachtungen werden eingehend analysiert. Dabei sind seit den letzten Jahrzehnten des 20. Jahrhunderts Erwärmungstendenzen deutlich erkennbar, ungeachtet der hohen natürlichen Veränderlichkeit von Jahr zu Jahr, von Jahreszeit zu Jahreszeit. Dem Leser wird gezeigt, wie sich das Klima unter dem Einfluss des Menschen, insbesondere durch die Emission von Treibhausgasen, weiterentwickeln kann. Eindringlich weisen die Autoren auf Probleme und bestehende Unsicherheiten hin. Sie diskutieren mögliche Folgen für Natur und Gesellschaft im Berliner Raum und heben die Bedeutung des Berliner Stadtentwicklungsplanes Klima hervor.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 183 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783937219622
    Series Statement: Eagle 62 : Eagle-Einblicke
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: AWI S6-13-0051
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 331 S.
    Edition: Auflage März 2013
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Stockholm : Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology, Stockholm University
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G2-13-0052
    In: Dissertations from the Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is subject to growing economic and political interest. Meanwhile, its water and climate systems are in rapid transformation. Relevant and accessible information about water and climate is therefore vital to detect, understand and adapt to the changes. This thesis investigates hydrological monitoring systems, climate model data, and our understanding of hydro-climatic change, for adaptation to water system changes in the Arctic. Results indicate a lack of harmonized water chemistry data, which may impede efforts to understand transport and origin of key waterborne constituents. Further development of monitoring cannot rely only on a reconciliation of observations and projections on where climate change will be the most severe, as they diverge in this regard. Climate model simulations of drainage basin temperature and precipitation have improved between two recent model generations, but large inaccuracies remain for precipitation projections. Late 20th-century discharge changes in major Arctic rivers generally show excess of water relative to precipitation changes. This indicates a possible contribution of stored water from permafrost or groundwater to sea level rise. The river contribution to the increasing Arctic Ocean freshwater inflow matches that of glaciers, which underlines the importance of considering all sources when assessing change. To provide adequate information for research and policy, Arctic hydrological and hydrochemical monitoring needs to be extended, better integrated and made more accessible. This especially applies to hydrochemistry monitoring, where a more complete set of monitored basins is motivated, including a general extension for the large unmonitored areas close to the Arctic Ocean. Improvements in climate model parameterizations are needed, in particular for precipitation projections. Finally, further water-focused data and modeling efforts are required to resolve the source of excess discharge in Arctic rivers.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: Getr. Zählung
    ISBN: 9789174476385
    Series Statement: Dissertations from the Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology 35
    Language: English
    Note: Zugl.: Stockholm, Univ., Diss., 2013
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: AWI P5-13-0056
    In: IASC ... bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 107 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9783981363746
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A4-13-0079
    In: Springer Praxis books in geophysical sciences
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Preface to the first edition. - Preface to the second editon. - List of figures. - List of tables. - List of symbols. - List of abbreviations. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Drift ice material. - 2.1 Sea ice cover. - 2.2 Ice floes to drift ice particles. - 2.3 Sea ice growth and melting. - 2.4 Ice thickness distribution. - 2.5 Sea ice ridges. - 2.6 Drift ice state. - 3 Ice kinematics. - 3.1 Description of ice velocity field. - 3.2 Observations. - 3.3 Stochastic modelling. - 3.4 Conservation of ice. - 4 Sea ice rheology. - 4.1 General. - 4.2 Viscous laws. - 4.3 Plastic laws. - 4.4 Granular floe collision models. - 4.5 Scaling of ice strength. - 5 Equation of drift ice motion. - 5.1 Derivation of the equation of motion. - 5.2 Atmospheric and oceanic boundary layers. - 5.3 Sea ice-ocean interaction. - 5.4 Scale analysis. - 5.5 Dynamics of a single ice floe. - 6 Free drift. - 6.1 Steady state solution. - 6.2 Non-steady case. - 6.3 Linear coupled ice-ocean model. - 6.4 Frequency spectrum of free drift. - 6.5 Spatial aspects of free drift. - 7 Drift in the presence of internal friction. - 7.1 The role of internal friction. - 7.2 Channel flow of sea ice. - 7.3 Ice drift along coastal boundary. - 7.4 Zonal sea ice drift. - 7.5 Modelling of ice tank experiments. - 7.6 Timespace scaling of ice drift. - 8 Numerical modelling. - 8.1 Numerical solutions. - 8.2 Examples of sea ice dynamics models. - 8.3 Short-term modelling applications. - 8.4 Oil spills in ice conditions. - 8.5 Climate models. - 9 Use and need of knowledge on ice drift. - 9.1 Science. - 9.2 Practice. - 9.3 Final comments. - 10 Study problems. - 10.1 Problems. - 10.2 Instructions and solutions. - 11 References. - Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: This new edition of The drift of sea ice brings the theory, observations and practical applications of research into sea ice drift completely up to date, taking in to account and discussing the many new scientific results which have been published, in particular connected with thermodynamics, ice-ocean interaction, scaling, and numerical model applications in short-term and climate forecasting. This revised and expanded text presents the geophysical theory, observations from field programs, mathematical modelling techniques, and applications of sea ice drift science. It shows how the fundamental laws of sea ice drift come from the material properties of sea ice and the basic laws of mechanics. The book provides detailed analytical modelling and mathematical models and presents the construction of numerical ice drift models. The drift of sea ice gives a collection of worked examples on sea ice dynamics; details the derivation of the fundamental laws of sea ice dynamics in an understandable form; teaches methods for local and regional ice forecasting for ice engineering applications; analyses the system of equations for the general properties of sea ice drift and the derivation of the free drift model and analytical models for ice drift in the presence of internal friction; makes an excellant source book for climate research concerning the role of sea ice dynamics in the global climate.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXX, 347 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2. Aufl., Softcover reprint of hardcover 2011
    ISBN: 9783642267574
    Series Statement: Springer Praxis books in geophysical sciences
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Sankt-Peterburg : Sankt-Peterburgskij Gosudarstvennyj Universitet
    Call number: AWI Bio-13-0030
    Description / Table of Contents: Atlas contains photographic images of 91 plant species and pollen which are found in Lena River Delta as well as information about current conditions of their growth. This is a major advantage of this atlas as compared to other publications of this kind. All information is presented in Russian and English. All materials were collected in framework of the Russian-German expeditions "Lena-2009", "Lena-2010", "Lena-2011" and "Lena-2012". Photographs illustrate the general view of the plant, inflorescence and pollen grains in different positions and from high to low focus. Plants are grouped into families, where each family has its own color. Atlas is addressed not only to specialists in palynology, but to all who are interested in the flora and vegetation of the Arctic region, including students of geographical, biological and environmental fields.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 111 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9785439100361
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: Contents: Introduction. - Apiaceae. - Asteraceae. - Betulaceae. - Boraginaceae. - Brassicaceae. - Campanulaceae. - Caryophyllaceae. - Crassulaceae. - Cyperaceae. - Diapensiaceae. - Ericaceae. - Fabaceae. - Gentianaceae. - Hippuriadaceae. - Juncaceae. - Lentibulariaceae. - Liliaceae. - Onagraceae. - Papaveraceae. - Parnassiaceae. - Pinaceae. - Plumbaginaceae. - Poaceae. - Polemoniaceae. - Polygonaceae. - Portulacaceae. - Primulaceae. - Pyrolaceae. - Ranunculaceae. - Rosaceae. - Salicaceae. - Saxifragaceae. - Scrophulariaceae. - Valerianaceae. - Index of plants by family. - Alphabetical index of plants. , In englischer und russischer Sprache. , Teilw. in kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: AWI NBM-13-0128
    In: Special publications
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 CD-ROM ; 12 cm
    ISBN: 9789290922759
    Series Statement: Special publications / European Space Agency 711
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : Akademičeskoe Izdatel'stvo "GEO"
    Call number: AWI G7-22-94838
    Description / Table of Contents: The most crucial materials and ideas of the physical and spatiotemporal laws of underground ice formation and underground glaciation development, including the author's results of long-term field and laboratory investigations, are collected, analyzed, and generalized. Theoretical and experimental studies of the physical processes of ice formation in the permafrost zone are used as a basis for structural reconstructions of the thermal, facies, and other conditions and of the factors responsible for different genetic types of underground ice. The most important result of the author's investigations is the theory of buried glacial ice in the permafrost zone, which fundamentally changes the understanding of the structure and paleogeography of underground glaciation, as well as its place in the Earth's cryosphere. A consequent analysis of the natural and experimental data on all scales and for all structural levels of underground ice formation (from the microworld of water phase transitions to the macroworld of the spatial and temporal evolution of geologic and geographic modifications of underground glaciation) permits the development of a genetic classification of underground ice and a general pattern of the zonal-climatic structure of underground glaciation. The book is addressed to students, postgraduate students, and research workers in area of Earth Science.
    Description / Table of Contents: Проанализированы и систематизированы наиболее существенные материалы и представления о физических и пространственно-временных законах развития подземного оледенения. Важнейшим результатом исследования является теория погребенного глетчерного происхождения пластовых льдов, которая кардинально меняет взгляды на структуру и палеогеографию подземного оледенения, на его место в криосфере Земли. Последовательный анализ всех структурных уровней и процессов подземного льдообразования (от микромира фазовых превращений воды до макромира пространственно-временного развития геологических и географических модификаций подземного оледенения) создает основу для разработки генетической классификации подземных льдов и принципиальной схемы зонально-климатической структуры подземного оледенения. Понимание связи физических законов формирования и географии подземного оледенения позволяет сформулировать теоретические основы геоэкологии криолитозоны, определяемые прежде всего динамическим равновесием в природной системе "лед-вода". Для студентов, аспирантов и научных работников, специализирующихся в области наук о Земле.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 340 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-906284-35-8
    Language: Russian
    Note: Contents Introduction PART I. PHYSICS OF UNDERGROUND ICE FORMATION Chapter 1. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF WATER AND ICE 1.1. Water 1.2. Crystalline structure of ice 1.3. Thermodynamics of water state and phase transitions 1.4. Latent heat of water phase transitions 1.5. Evaporation and sublimation of ice 1.6. Thermal characteristics of ice 1.7. Mechanical properties and temperature of ice Chapter 2. FORMATION OF THE CRYSTALLINE STRUCTURE OF CONGELATION ICE 2.1. Nucleation and growth of ice crystals 2.2. Petrogenesis of underground ice 2.3. Influence of crystal habit and volume on the ice structure 2.4. Influence of solid surface on the ice structure 2.5. Influence of impurities in crystallizing water on the ice structure 2.6. Influence of the thermal conditions of water crystallization on the ice structure Chapter 3. DYNAMOMETAMORPHISM OF ICE 3.1. General principles of ice dynamometamorphism 3.2. Structural changes caused by ice deformation 3.3. Influence of impurities on structural changes caused by ice deformation 3.4. Structural peculiarities of glacial ice Chapter 4. METHODS OF STRUCTURE-GENETIC ANALYSIS OF UNDERGROUND ICE 4.1. Description of ice structure 4.2. Processing of petrographical data 4.3. Analysis and interpretation of structural data PART II. GENETIC TYPES OF UNDERGROUND ICE Chapter 5. ICE WEDGES 5.1. The theory of ice wedge genesis 5.2. Elementary ice veinlets and forms of ice wedge growth 5.3. Elementary ice veinlets and method of reconstruction of thermal ice formation conditions 5.4. Epigenetic ice wedges 5.5. Syngenetic ice wedges Chapter 6. SEGREGATED ICE Chapter 7. INJECTED ICE Chapter 8. BURIAL GLACIAL (MASSIVE) ICE 8.1. The theory of massive-ice genesis 8.2. Massive-ice bedding and structure 8.3. Basic-moraine ice (Ust'-PortVillage region) 8.4. Buried ice of terminal moraines (Ermakovo Village region) 8.5. Buried ice offluvioglacial sediments (Gydan Peninsula) 8.6. Buried ice of submarine sediments (Yamal Peninsula) 8.7. Typomorphic structural features of massive ice 8.8. General regularities of surface ice conservation in permafrost zone 8.9. Conclusions PART III. OXYGEN ISOTOPE COMPOSITION OF UNDERGROUND ICE Chapter 9. OXYGEN ISOTOPE COMPOSITION OF NATURAL WATERS 9.1. Oxygen isotopes in natural waters 9.2. Fractionation of oxygen isotopes in water 9.3. Oxygen isotope composition of atmospheric water 9.4. Seasonal variations in the oxygen isotope composition of atmospheric precipitation 9.5. Oxygen isotope composition of snow 9.6. Oxygen isotope composition of surface waters 9.7. Oxygen isotope composition of groundwaters Chapter 10. OXYGEN ISOTOPE COMPOSITION OF ICE WEDGES 10.1. Oxygen isotope composition ofrecent alluvial ice wedges 10.2. Oxygen isotope composition of recent bog-lacustrine ice wedges 10.3. Oxygen isotope composition of recent offshore ice wedges 10.4. Fractionation of oxygen isotopes during water freezing in frozen cracks 10.5. Changes in the oxygen isotope composition of ice wedges caused by diffusion, sublimation, and condensation 10.6. Dependence of the oxygen isotope composition of recent ice wedges on winter temperature 10.7. Conservation of oxygen isotopes in ancient ice wedges 10.8. Representative oxygen isotope data obtained by analysis of ice samples from natural permafrost exposures 10.9. Oxygen isotope dating of ancient syngenetic ice wedges 10.10. Reconstruction of winter paleotemperatures from the oxygen isotope composition ofancient ice wedges of the Kolyma River lowland 10.11. Reconstruction ofpaleotemperatures from the oxygen isotope composition of key-section ice wedges of the Kolyma River lowland Chapter 11. OXYGEN ISOTOPE COMPOSITION OF MASSIVE ICE 11.1. State of the art and problems of study of the oxygen isotope composition of massive ice 11.2. Results of study of the oxygen isotope composition of massive ice and their interpretation 11.3. Reconstruction of the paleogeography of massive-ice formation 11.4. Regional changes in the oxygen isotope composition of massive ice Chapter 12. OXYGEN ISOTOPE COMPOSITION OF TEXTURE-FORMING ICE 12.1. Regularities of formation of the oxygen isotope composition oftextureforming ice in a seasonally thawed layer 12.2. Zonal and climatic factors of variations in the oxygen isotope composition of ice in a seasonally thawed layer 12.3. Geomorphologic and cryolithologic factors 12.4. Oxygen isotope composition of syngenetic segregated ice 12.5. Oxygen isotope composition of epigenetic segregated ice. PART IV. SPATIOTEMPORAL STRUCTURE OF UNDERGROUND ICE Chapter 13. SYSTEMATICS OF UNDERGROUND GLACIAL ROCKS 13.1. Underground ice and cryosphere 13.2. Underground ice and cryogenesis 13.3. Underground ice as a rock Chapter 14. PALEOGEOGRAPHY OF UNDERGROUND GLACIATION Chapter 15. ZONAL AND CLIMATIC STRUCTURE OF UNDERGROUND ICE 15.1. Principles of the spatiotemporal distribution ofunderground ice 15.2. Section structure of underground ice 15.3. Zonation of underground ice 15.4. Zone-regional scheme of underground ice PART V. GEOECOLOGY OF UNDERGROUND GLACIATION TERRITORY Chapter 16. GEOECOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF PERMAFROST ZONE 16.1. Geoecologic pecularities of underground glaciation 16.2. Geoecology and underground ice of the Arctic Region Chapter 17. PRINCIPLES OF STABILIZATION OF CRYOSYSTEMS AND THEIR EVOLUTION PROGNOSIS 17.1. Factors of cryosystem destruction 17.2. Experience of short-term geoecological prognosis of the Bovanenkovo gas field development (Yamal Peninsula) Conclusions References , Содержание Введение ЧАСТЬ 1. ФИЗИКА ПОДЗЕМНОГО ЛЬДООБРАЗОВАНИЯ Глава 1. ФИЗИЧЕСКИЕ СВОЙСТВА ВОДЫ И ЛЬДА 1.1. Вода 1.2. Кристаллическая структура льда 1.3. Термодинамика состояния и фазовых переходов воды 1.4. Скрытая теплота фазовых превращений воды 1.5. Испарение и сублимация льда 1.6. Теплофизические характеристики льда 1.7. Механические свойства и температура льда Глава 2. ФОРМИРОВАНИЕ КРИСТАЛЛИЧЕСКОЙ СТРУКТУРЫ КОНЖЕЛЯЦИОННЫХ ЛЬДОВ 2.1. Зарождение и рост кристаллов льда 2.2. Петрогенез подземных льдов 2.3. Структурообразующая роль формы и объема кристаллизации 2.4. Структурообразующая роль твердой поверхности 2.5. Структурообразующая роль примесей в кристаллизующейся воде 2.6. Структурообразующая роль термических условий кристаллизации Глава 3. ДИНАМОМЕТАМОРФИЗМ ЛЬДА 3.1. Общие принципы динамометаморфизма льда 3.2. Структурные изменения в ходе деформации льда 3.3. Влияние примесей на структурные изменения в ходе деформации льда 3.4. Структурные особенности глетчерных льдов Глава 4. МЕТОДЫ СТРУКТУРНО-ГЕНЕТИЧЕСКОГО АНАЛИЗА ПОДЗЕМНЫХ ЛЬДОВ 4.1. Описание структуры льда 4.2. Обработка петрографических данных 4.3. Анализ и интерпретация структурных данных ЧАСТЬ 11. ГЕНЕТИЧЕСКИЕ ТИПЫ ПОДЗЕМНОГО ЛЬДА Глава 5. ЖИЛЬНЫЕ ЛЬДЫ 5.1. Состояние проблемы генезиса жильных льдов 5.2. Элементарные жилки и изначальные формы роста ледяных жил 5.3. Элементарные жилки и метод реконструкции температурных условий льдообразования 5.4. Эпигенетические жильные льды 5.5. Сингенетические жильные льды Глава 6. СЕГРЕГАЦИОННЫЕ ЛЬДЫ Глава 7. ИНЪЕКЦИОННЫЕ ЛЬДЫ Глава 8. ПОГРЕБЕННЫЕ ГЛЕТЧЕРНЫЕ (ПЛАСТОВЫЕ) ЛЬДЫ 8.1. Состояние проблемы генезиса пластовых льдов 8.2. Условия залегания и строение пластовых льдов 8.3. Льды основных морен (район пос. Усть-Порт) 8.4. Погребенные льды конечных морен (район пос. Ермакова) 8.5. Погребенные льды флювиогляциальных отложений (Гыданский полуостров) 8.6. Погребенные льды субаквальных отложений (полуостров Ямал) 8.7. Типоморфные особенности строения пластовых льдов 8.8. Общие закономерности консервации поверхностных льдов в криолитозоне 8.9. Выводы ЧАСТЬ III. ИЗОТОПНО-КИСЛОРОДНЫЙ СОСТАВ ПОДЗЕМНЫХ ЛЬДОВ Глава 9. ИЗОТОПНО-КИСЛОРОДНЫЙ СОСТАВ ПРИРОДНЫХ ВОД 9.1. Изотопные компоненты природных вод 9.2. Фракционирование изотопного состава воды 9.3. Изотопный состав атмосферной влаги 9.4. Сезонные вариации изотопного состава атмосферных осадков 9.5. Изотопный состав снежного покрова 9.6. Изотопный состав поверхностных вод 9.7. Изотопный состав грунтовых вод Глава 10. ИЗОТОПНО-КИСЛОРОДНЫЙ СОСТАВ ЖИЛЬНЫХ ЛЬДОВ 10.1. Изотопно-кислородный состав современных жильных льдов аллювиальных отложений 10.2. Изотопно-кислородный состав современных жильных льдов озерно-болотных отложений 10.3. Изотопно-кислородный состав современных полигонально-жильных льдов прибрежно-морских отложений 10.4. Фракционирование изотопов кислорода при замерзании воды в морозобойной трещине 10.5. Изменение первичного изотопного состава жильных льдов под влиянием процессов диффузии, сублимации и конденсации льда 10.6. Зависимость изотопно-кислородного состава современных рост-ков жильного льда от зимней температуры воздуха 10.7. Сохранность изотопно-кислородной информации в древних жильных льдах 10.8. Представительность изотопно-кислородной информации, полученной при анализе образцов льда из естественных обнажений мерзлых пород 10.9. Датирование изотопно-кислородной информации древних синге-нетических жил льда 10.10. Реконструкция зимних палеотемператур воздуха по изотопии древних ледяных жил Колымской низменности 10.11. Реконструкция палеотемператур воздуха по изотопии жильных льдов опорных разрезов Колымской низменности Глава 11. ИЗОТОПНО-КИСЛОРОДНЫЙ СОСТАВ ПЛАСТОВЫХ ЛЬДОВ 11.1. Состояние и задачи исследований изотопно-кислородного состава пластовых льдов 11.2. Результаты опробования изотопно-кислородного состава пласто-вых льдов и их интерпретация 11.3. Реконструкция палеогеографических условий формирования изотопно-кислородного состава пластовых льдов 11.4. Региональные изменения изотопно-кислородного состава пласто-вых льдов Глава 12. ИЗОТОПНО-КИСЛОРОДНЫЙ СОСТАВ ТЕКСТУРООБРАЗУЮЩИХ ЛЬДОВ 12.1. Закономерности формирования изотопно-кислородного состава текстурообразующих льдов сезонноталого слоя 12.2. Зонально-климатические факторы вариаций изотопно-кислородного состава льда сезоннооттаивающего слоя 12.3. Геоморфологические и криолитогенные факторы 12.4. Изотопно-кислородный состав текстурообразующих льдов синкриогенных отложений 12.5. Изотопно-кислородный состав текстурообразующих льдов эпикриогенных отложений ЧАСТЬ IV. ПРОСТРАНСТВЕННО-ВРЕМЕННАЯ СТРУКТУРА ПОДЗЕМНОГО ОЛЕДЕНЕНИЯ Глава 13. СИСТЕМАТИКА ПОДЗЕМНЫХ ЛЕДЯНЫХ ГОРНЫХ ПОРОД 13.1. Подземные льды и криосфера 13.2. Подземные льды и криолитогенез 13.3. Подземные льды как горная порода Глава 14. ПАЛЕОГЕОГРАФИЯ ПОДЗЕМНОГО ОЛЕДЕНЕНИЯ Глава 15. ЗОНАЛЬНО-КЛИМАТИЧЕСКАЯ СТРУКТУРА ПОДЗЕМНОГО ОЛЕДЕНЕНИЯ 15.1. Принципы формирования пространственно-временной структуры подземного оледенения 15.2. Ярусность подземного льдообразования в разрезе мерзлой толщи 15.3. Зональность подземного оледенения 15.4. Зонально-региональная схема подземного оледенения ЧАСТЬ V. ГЕОЭКОЛОГИЯ ТЕРРИТОРИИ ПОДЗЕМНОГО ОЛЕДЕНЕНИЯ Глава 16. ГЕОЭКОЛОГИЧЕСКИЕ ПРОБЛЕМЫ КРИОЛИТОЗОНЫ 16.1. Геоэкологическая специфика криолитозоны 16.2. Геоэкология Арктики и подземный лед Глава 17. ПРИНЦИПЫ СТАБИЛИЗАЦИИ И ГЕОЭКОЛОГИЧЕСКИЙ ПРОГНОЗ ЭВОЛЮЦИИ ГЕОСИСТЕМ КРИОЛИТОЗОНЫ 17.1. Факторы дестабилизации геосистем криолитозоны 17.2. Опыт краткосрочного геоэкологического прогнозирования развития территории Бованенковского газоконденсатного месторождения (полуостров Ямал) Заключение Литература , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: AWI G2-17-91083
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxi, 174 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-0-9884626-1-8
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Acronyms & Abbreviations. - Foreword. - Technical review by Dr. W. J. Langston. - Executive Summary. - 1. Introduction. - 1.2 Legislative background. - 1.2.1 International. - 1.2.2 Europe. - 1.2.3 Canada and the USA. - 1.3 Marine sediment contamination - background. - 1.4 Dredging processes. - 1.4.1 Environmental impacts of dredging. - 1.4.2 Effectiveness of dredging to improve environmental exposure to contaminants. - 1.4.3 Case studies. - 1.5 Environmental management of marine sediments. - 1.5.1 Environmental management systems. - 1.5.2 ISO 14001. - 1.5.3 Management techniques. - 1.6 Models and indices used in marine sediment analyses. - 1.7 Methodologies for spatial analysis in sediment dynamics and pollution dispersal. - 1.7.1 Uses of GIS in marine environment. - 1.7.2 Examples of GIS analysis methods for pollution management in the marine environment. - 1.7.3 Organising data. - 1.8 data needs and availability. - 1.8.1 Data needs. - 1.8.2 Data availability. - 1.9 Contaminated area database. - 2. Ecological implications of contaminated sediments. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Antifoul paints as pollutant sources and reservoirs. - 2.2.1 Background. - 2.3 Antifoul as a contaminant - sources. - 2.3.1 Background. - 2.3.2 Leaching. - 2.3.3 Shipyards. - 2.3.4 Recreational craft. - 2.3.5 Paint residue - macro scale. - 2.3.6 Paint residue - micro scale. - 2.3.7 Sediment disturbance. - 2.4 Antifoul as a contaminant - sinks, secondary sources and pathways. - 2.4.1 Background. - 2.4.2 Sediment sinks - legacy. - 2.4.3 Sediment sinks - residence. - 2.5 Biogeochemical pathways. - 2.6 Antifoul and ecological implications. - 2.7 Ecological effects of sediment antifoul. - 2.7.1 Species to community. - 2.7.2 Legacy, ecology and management. - 2.7.3 Port and harbour examples. - 2.8 Conclusions. - 3. Pilot area introduction and description. - 3.1 Elefsina Bay (Elefsis). - 3.2 Piraeus. - 3.2.1 Piraeus and areas to the west. - 3.2.2 Zea & Microlimano. - 3.3 Lavrio. - 3.4 Rafina. - 3.5 Summary. - 4. Sediment data collection methods & sampling. - 4.1 Sampling design. - 4.2 Sediment sampling procedure. - 4.3 Sediment sample pre-treatment. - 4.4 Chemical analysis. - 4.4.1 Total metal content. - 4.4.2 Metal partitioning in geochemical fractions. - 4.5 Data use. - 5. Database Design & Compilation. - 5.1 Data collection. - 5.2 Database structuring & display. - 5.3 Exploring the database. - 5.4 Summary. - 6. Spatial statistical analyses. - 6.1 Environmental quality guidelines for sediments. - 6.2 Interpolation of data. - 6.3 Cluster & Correlation analysis. - 6.4 Elefsina Bay (Elefsis). - 6.4.1 Geostatistical analysis - kriging. - 6.4.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.5 Piraeus port and marinas. - 6.5.1 Geostatistical analysis - kriging. - 6.5.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.6 Lavrio. - 6.6.1 Geostatistical analysis. - 6.6.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.7 Rafina. - 6.7.1 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.8 Conclusions. - 7. Discussion and Overview. - 7.1 Overview of study. - 7.2 Contaminated sediments and their environmental impact. - 7.3 Data availability. - 7.3.1 Summary data at global scale. - 7.3.2 Detailed locational data for analysis. - 7.4 Database development. - 7.5 Implications. - 7.6 Practical application. - 7.7 Funding opportunities for further study. - 7.8 Conclusions. - References. - Journals, Books & Conference Proceedings. - Web Sites. - Appendix A. - A Models and indices used in marine sediment analyses. - A1 Multivariate statistics. - A1.1 Principal component analysis. - A1.2 Cluster analysis. - A1.3 Partial Least squares analysis. - A1.4 Multivariate statistics. - A2 Indices. - A2.1 AZTI Marine Biotic Index (AMBI). - A2.2 Benthic Quality Index (BQI). - A2.3 The Benthic Response Index. - A2.4 The Relative Benthic Index. - A2.5 The Index of Biotic (Biological) Integrity. - A3 Pollution dispersion modelling. - Appendix B. - B Cross-Validation statistics for simple Kriging analysis. - Appendix C. - C1 Using ArcGIS Explorer. - C2 Installing ArcGIS Explorer. - C3 Using ArcExplorer Desktop. - Appendix D. - About the authors.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93530
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic tundra, covering approx. 5.5 % of the Earth’s land surface, is one of the last ecosystems remaining closest to its untouched condition. Remote sensing is able to provide information at regular time intervals and large spatial scales on the structure and function of Arctic ecosystems. But almost all natural surfaces reveal individual anisotropic reflectance behaviors, which can be described by the bidirectional reflectance distribution function (BRDF). This effect can cause significant changes in the measured surface reflectance depending on solar illumination and sensor viewing geometries. The aim of this thesis is the hyperspectral and spectro-directional reflectance characterization of important Arctic tundra vegetation communities at representative Siberian and Alaskan tundra sites as basis for the extraction of vegetation parameters, and the normalization of BRDF effects in off-nadir and multi-temporal remote sensing data. Moreover, in preparation for the upcoming German EnMAP (Environmental Mapping and Analysis Program…
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: circa 330 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Kurzfassung Table of Contents List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations List of Symbols 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Background and Scientific Setting 1.2 Motivation and Research Questions 1.3 Structure of Thesis 2 FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSPECTRAL AND SPECTRO-DIRECTIONAL REMOTE SENSING 2.1 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing of Vegetation 2.2 Spectro-Directional Remote Sensing of Vegetation 2.3 The EnMAP Satellite System 2.4 Spectro-Goniometer Systems for the Ground-Based Measurement of BRDF Effects 3 THE TUNDRA PERMAFROST STUDY LOCATIONS AND THEIR ENVIRONMENT 3.1 The Eurasia Arctic Transect (EAT) 3.1.1 Geological and Climatic Setting 3.1.2 Vegetation 3.2 The North American Arctic Transect (NAAT) 3.2.1 Geological and Climatic Setting 3.2.2 Vegetation 4 OBSERVATIONS AND METHODOLOGY 4.1 Observations Used for this Study 4.1.1 The ECI-GOA-Yamal 2011 Expedition 4.1.2 The EyeSight- NAAT-Alaska 2012 Expedition 4.1.3 Data Used for Hyperspectral Characterization of Arctic Tundra 4.1.4 Data Used for Spectro-Directional Characterization of Arctic Tundra 4.2 Methodology Used for Field Work and Data Analysis 4.2.1 Field Spectroscopy and Hyperspectral Data Analysis 4.2.2 Considerations for the Field Spectro-Goniometer Measurements and the Spectro-Directional Data Analysis 5 DEVELOPMENT AND PRECOMMISSIONING INSPECTION OF THE MANTIS FIELD SPECTRO-GONIOMETER 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Theoretical Background 5.3 Description of the Field Spectro-Goniometer System 5.3.1 Construction Schedule 5.3.2 Description of the Field Spectro-Goniometer Platform (ManTIS) 5.3.3 Sensor Configuration of the AWI ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer 5.3.4 Measurement Strategy 5.3.5 Software for Semi-Automatic Control 5.4 Error Assessment 5.4.1 Radiometrical Accuracy 5.4.2 Pointing Accuracy 5.4.3 Ground Instantaneous Field of View and Sensor Self-Shadowing 5.4.4 Temporal Illumination Changes and Environmental Influences 5.5 Data Analysis 5.5.1 Data Processing 5.5.2 Data Visualization 5.6 Performance of ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer in the Field 5.6.1 Test Site and Experiment Setup 5.6.2 Results and Discussion 5.7 Conclusions and Outlook 6 HYPERSPECTRAL REFLECTANCE CHARACTERIZATION OF LOW ARCTIC TUNDRA VEGETATION 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Material & Methods 6.2.1 Study Area 6.2.2 Environmental Gradients/Zones and Vegetation Description 6.2.3 Data Acquisition and Pre-Processing 6.2.4 Data Analysis 6.3 Results 6.3.1 The Zonal Climate Gradient 6.3.2 Acidic Versus Non-Acidic Tundra (Soil pH Zones) 6.3.3 The Toposequence at Happy Valley (Subzone E) 6.3.4 The Soil Moisture Gradient at Franklin Bluffs (Subzone D) 6.4 Discussion 6.4.1 Overview of Field Characterization and Spectral Properties along the Gradients 6.4.2 Performance of Spectral Metrics and Vegetation Indices 6.5 Conclusions 7 RESULTS OF THE SPECTRO-DIRECTIONAL REFLECTANCE INVESTIGATIONS 7.1 Overview of the Spectro-Directional Reflectance Characteristics of Low Arctic Tundra Vegetation 7.1.1 Representativeness of the Study Plots Representing Tundra Vegetation 7.1.2 Vaskiny Dachi – Bioclimate Subzone D 7.1.3 Happy Valley – Bioclimate Subzone E 7.1.4 Franklin Bluffs – Bioclimate Subzone D 7.2 Influence of High Sun Zenith Angles on the Reflectance Anisotropy 7.2.1 MAT (Happy Valley) 7.2.2 MNT (Franklin Bluffs) 7.3 Variability in Multi-Angular Remote Sensing Products of Low Arctic Tundra Environments 7.3.1 Spectro-Directional Variability of Different Low Arctic Plant Communities 7.3.2 Spectro-Directional Variability under Varying Sun Zenith Angles 8 DISCUSSION 8.1 The Hyperspectral Reflectance Characteristics of Tundra Vegetation in Context of the Spectro-Goniometer Measurements 8.2 Applicability of the ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer System 8.3 The Spectro-Directional Reflectance Characteristics of Tundra Vegetation 8.4 Variability in Reflectance Anisotropy at High Sun Zenith Angles 8.5 Applicability of Multi- Angular Remote Sensing Products for Arctic Tundra Environments 9 CONCLUSIONS & OUTLOOK Acknowledgments References Appendix Table of Contents of the Appendix References of the Appendix Statutory Declaration / Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93529
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is considered as a focal region in the ongoing climate change debate. The currently observed and predicted climate warming is particularly pronounced in the high northern latitudes. Rising temperatures in the Arctic cause progressive deepening and duration of permafrost thawing during the arctic summer, creating an ‘active layer’ with high bioavailability of nutrients and labile carbon for microbial consumption. The microbial mineralization of permafrost carbon creates large amounts of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide and methane, which can be released to the atmosphere, creating a positive feedback to global warming. However, to date, the microbial communities that drive the overall carbon cycle and specifically methane production in the Arctic are poorly constrained. To assess how these microbial communities will respond to the predicted climate changes, such as an increase in atmospheric and soil temperatures causing increased bioavailability of organic carbon, it is necessary to investigate the current status …
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 146 Blätter , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Table of content Abstract Zusammenfassung 1. Introduction 1.1. Motivation 1.2. Scientific Background 1.2.1. Permafrost in arctic environments 1.2.2. Carbon storage and emission in arctic environments 1.2.3. Methane cycling in arctic environments 1.3. Study Sites 1.3.1. Lena-Delta, Siberia 1.3.2. El’gygytgyn Crater Lake, Chukotka 1.4. Objectives and approach 1.5. Thesis organization 1.6. Summary of the included manuscripts and contribution of the co-authors 1.6.1. Response of methanogenic archaea to Late Pleistocene and Holocene climate changes in the Siberian Arctic 1.6.2. Response of microbial communities to landscape and climatic changes in a terrestrial permafrost sequence of the El’gygytgyn crater, Far East Russian Arctic 1.6.3. Glacial-interglacial microbial community dynamics in Middle Pleistocene sediments in the Lake El’gygytgyn, Far East Russian Arctic 2. Response of methanogenic archaea to Late Pleistocene and Holocene climate changes in the Siberian Arctic 2.1. Abstract 2.2. Introduction 2.3. Materials and Methods 2.3.1. Study site 2.3.2. Permafrost drilling and sample preparation 2.3.3. Sediment properties 2.3.4. Potential methane production rates 2.3.5. Lipid biomarker analysis 2.3.6. Detection of archaeol and isoprenoid GDGTs 2.3.7. Detection of PLFAs and PLELs 2.3.8. DNA extraction and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification 2.3.9. Phylogenetic analysis 2.4. Results and Discussion 2.4.1. Methane profile of the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.4.2. Signals of living microbial communities in the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.4.3. Reconstruction of past microbial communities in the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.4.4. Climate impact on the distribution of microbial communities in the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.4.5. Climatic impact on the composition of methanogenic communities in the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.5. Conclusion 2.6. Acknowledgement 3. Response of microbial communities to landscape and climatic changes in a terrestrial permafrost sequence of the El’gygytgyn crater, Far East Russian Arctic 3.1. Abstract 3.2. Introduction 3.3. Materials and Methods 3.3.1.Study site 3.3.2. Drilling and sample material 3.3.3. Sediment properties 3.3.4. Lipid biomarker analysis 3.3.5. Detection of glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers (GDGTs) and archaeol 3.3.6. Detection of phospholipid fatty acids (PLFA) 3.3.7. Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) extraction and amplification 3.3.8. Quantitative PCR analysis of archaeal and bacterial small sub unit (SSU) rRNA genes 3.3.9. Phylogenetic analysis 3.4. Results 3.4.1. TOC-contents 3.4.2. Distribution of glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers (GDGTs) and archaeol 3.4.3. Distribution of phospholipid fatty acids (PLFA) 3.4.4. Composition of archaeol and isoprenoid GDGTs 3.4.5. Quantification of bacterial and archaeal genes 3.4.6. Analysis of methanogenic community fingerprints 3.5. Discussion 3.5.1. Microbial communities in subaquatic deposits 3.5.2. Microbial communities in subaerial deposits 3.5.3. Microbial succession in the Holocene sequence of Lake El’gygytgyn permafrost 3.6.Conclusion 3.7. Acknowledgements 4. Glacial-interglacial microbial community dynamics in Middle Pleistocene sediments in the Lake El’gygytgyn, Far East Russian Arctic 4.1. Abstract 4.2. Introduction 4.3. Materials and Methods 4.3.1. Study site 4.3.2. Drilling and sample preparation 4.3.3. Sediment properties 4.3.4. Lipid biomarker analyses 4.3.5. Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) extraction and quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) 4.3.6. PCR amplification of methanogenic SSU rRNA genes 4.4. Results 4.4.1. Sedimentary TOC and biogenic silica concentration 4.4.2. Quantification of bacterial and archaeal genes 4.4.3. Quantification and composition of lipid biomarkers 4.4.4. Potential methane production 4.4.5. Methanogenic community composition 4.5. Discussion 4.6. Acknowledgements 5. Synthesis 5.1. The reaction of microbial communities to past climatic change in the Arctic 5.2.The response of microbial communities to carbon composition and availability 5.3. Implications from this study for future research 6. Data collection 6.1. Manuscript I: Response of methanogenic archaea to Late Pleistocene and Holocene climate changes in the Siberian Arctic 6.1.1. Sediment properties 6.1.2. Isoprenoid glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers and archaeol 6.1.3. Branched glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers 6.1.4. Phospholipid ester and ether lipids (summary) 6.2. Manuscript II: Response of microbial communities to landscape and climatic changes in a terrestrial permafrost sequence of the El’gygytgyn crater, Far East Russian Arctic 6.2.1. Sediment properties and gene quantifications 6.2.2. Phospholipid fatty acids composition 6.2.3. Isoprenoid glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers and archaeol 6.2.4. Branched glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers 6.3. Manuscript III: Glacial-interglacial microbial community dynamics in Middle Pleistocene sediments in the Lake El’gygytgyn, Far East Russian Arctic 6.3.1. Sediment properties and gene quantifications 6.3.2. Isoprenoid glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers and archaeol 6.3.3. Branched glycerol dialkylglycerol tetraethers 7. References 8. Final thoughts and acknowledgements 9. Curriculum vitae 10.Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: AWI G6-23-95368
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 1004 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780891189602 , 978-0-891-18960-2 , 0891189602
    ISSN: 2163-5804 , 1047-4986
    Series Statement: Soil Science Society of America book series 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Preface Contributors Chapter 1 Issues of Sampling Design in Wetlands / Monica Rivas Casado, Ron Corstanje, Pat Bellamy, and Ben Marchant DESIGN-BASED SAMPLING APPROACHES MODEL-BASED SAMPLING APPROACHES Chapter 2 Soil and Sediment Sampling of Inundated Environments / Todd Z. Osborne and R.D. DeLaune SAMPLING IN INUNDATED ENVIRONMENTS: SAMPLING PLAN AND GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS SAMPLING METHODS FOR INUNDATION DEPTHS LESS THAN 1.5 METERS SAMPLING METHODS FOR INUNDATION DEPTHS GREATER THAN 1.5 METERS SPECIAL CONDITIONS OR CONSIDERATIONS Chapter 3 Physicochemical Characterization of Wetland Soils / K.R. Reddy, M.W. Clark, R.D. DeLaune, and M. Kongchum SOIL SAMPLING PHYSICOCHEMICAL PROPERTIES CONCLUSIONS Chapter 4 Soil Pore Water Sampling Methods / M.M. Fisher and K.R. Reddy TECHNIQUES FOR SAMPLING SOIL PORE WATER SAMPLE HANDLING CONSIDERATIONS SAMPLING PORE WATER GASES SUMMARY Chapter 5 Reduction–Oxidation Potential and Oxygen / J. Patrick Megonigal and Martin Rabenhorst REDOX POTENTIAL THEORY OXYGEN MEASUREMENT WITH DIFFUSION CHAMBERS REDOX MEASUREMENT Chapter 6 Determination of Dissolved Oxygen, Hydrogen Sulfide, Iron(II), and Manganese(II) in Wetland Pore Waters / George W. Luther III and Andrew S. Madison EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRODE FABRICATION EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF WORKING ELECTRODE CALIBRATIONS PROCEDURES FOR MICROPROFILING SUMMARY Chapter 7 Soil Redox Potential and pH Controllers / Kewei Yu and Jörg Rinklebe REDOX POTENTIAL AND pH CONTROL MODIFICATIONS AN AUTOMATED BIOGEOCHEMICAL MICROCOSM SYSTEM APPLICATIONS Chapter 8 Morphological Methods to Characterize Hydric Soils / M.J. Vepraskas EQUIPMENT METHODS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DESCRIBING HYDRIC SOILS FIELD TEST TO ASSESS SOIL MATERIAL TYPE IDENTIFYING HYDRIC SOIL FIELD INDICATORS Chapter 9 Emergent Macrophyte Biomass Production / Christopher Craft SAMPLING CONSIDERATIONS INDIRECT METHODS DIRECT METHODS EMERGING METHODS Chapter 10 Photosynthetic Measurements in Wetlands / S.R. Pezeshki OXYGEN EXCHANGE MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUE CARBON ISOTOPE TECHNIQUE MICROMETEOROLOGICAL TECHNIQUE CHLOROPHYLL FLUORESCENCE METHOD PHOTOSYNTHETIC MEASUREMENTS USING CHAMBERS SUMMARY Chapter 11 Gas Transport and Exchange through Wetland Plant Aerenchyma / Brian K. Sorrell and Hans Brix GENERAL PRINCIPLES EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES LABORATORY AND GLASSHOUSE CHAMBERS MODELING APPROACHES Chapter 12 A Primer on Sampling Plant Communities in Wetlands / Curtis J. Richardson and Ryan S. King OVERVIEW OF SAMPLING PLANT POPULATIONS AND COMMUNITIES SAMPLE SIZE PLANT SAMPLING APPROACHES RAPID ASSESSMENT APPROACHES TO ESTIMATE PLANT ABUNDANCE AND COVER PERCENTAGE PLANT SAMPLING METHODS AND CALCULATION PROCEDURES ANALYSIS OF DATA COMPARISON OF PLANT COMMUNITIES SUGGESTIONS FOR DEVELOPING A PLANT SAMPLING PROGRAM APPENDIX Chapter 13 Plant Productivity—Bottomland Hardwood Forests / William H. Conner and Julia A. Cherry ABOVEGROUND PRODUCTIVITY BELOWGROUND PRODUCTIVITY Chapter 14 Current Methods to Evaluate Net Primary Production and Carbon Budgets in Mangrove Forests / Victor H. Rivera-Monroy, Edward Castañeda-Moya, Jordan G. Barr, Vic Engel, Jose D. Fuentes, Tiffany G. Troxler, Robert R. Twilley, Steven Bouillon, Thomas J. Smith III, and Thomas L. O’Halloran CURRENT METHODS TO ESTIMATE NET PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY COMPARING MANGROVE NET PRIMARY PRODUCTION ESTIMATES TO WHOLE-FOREST CARBON FLUX MEASUREMENTS SUMMARY AND FUTURE RESEARCH DIRECTIONS APPENDIX Chapter 15 Characterization of Wetland Soil Organic Matter / Robert L. Cook and Thomas S. Bianchi SAMPLE TREATMENT AND PROCESSING SPECTROSCOPIC CHARACTERIZATION BULK ELEMENTAL AND CHEMICAL BIOMARKER ANALYSES SUMMARY Chapter 16 Dissolved Organic Matter / Robert G. Qualls EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURES CONCLUSIONS Chapter 17 Soil Microbial Biomass and Phospholipid Fatty Acids / Jörg Rinklebe and Uwe Langer THE SUBSTRATE-INDUCED RESPIRATION METHOD PHOSPHOLIPID FATTY ACIDS ESTIMATES OF MICROBIAL BIOMASS SUMMARY Chapter 18 Molecular Genetic Analysis of Wetland Soils / Hee-Sung Bae and Andrew V. Ogram DNA EXTRACTION QUANTITATIVE POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION BASED MOLECULAR CLONING Chapter 19 Enzyme Activities / Hojeong Kang, Seon-Young Kim, and Chris Freeman EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURE CALCULATION SUMMARY Chapter 20 Organic Matter Mineralization and Decomposition / Scott D. Bridgham and Rongzhong Ye LITTER DECOMPOSITION DECOMPOSITION OF STANDARD SUBSTRATES SOIL HETEROTROPHIC RESPIRATION PHOTODEGRADATION Chapter 21 Methanogenesis and Methane Oxidation in Wetland Soils / Kanika S. Inglett, Jeffery P. Chanton, and Patrick W. Inglett EXPERIMENTAL METHANE MEASUREMENTS ISOTOPIC MEASUREMENTS OF METHANE Chapter 22 Greenhouse Gas Emission by Static Chamber and Eddy Flux Methods / Kewei Yu, April Hiscox, and R.D. DeLaune STATIC CHAMBER MEASUREMENT EDDY COVARIANCE MEASUREMENT SUMMARY Chapter 23 Characterization of Organic Nitrogen in Wetlands / C.M. VanZomeren, H. Knicker, W.T. Cooper, and K.R. Reddy CHEMICAL FRACTIONATION OF SOIL ORGANIC NITROGEN CHLOROFORM FUMIGATION METHOD NUCLEAR RESONANCE SPECTROSCOPY MASS SPECTROMETRY OF ORGANIC NITROGEN CONCLUSIONS Chapter 24 Measurements of Nitrogen Mineralization Potential in Wetland Soils / Eric D. Roy and John R. White POTENTIALLY MINERALIZABLE NITROGEN SUBSTRATE-INDUCED NITROGEN MINERALIZATION LIMITATIONS SUMMARY Chapter 25 Wind Tunnel Method for Measurement of Ammonia Volatilization / M.E. Poach, K.S. Ro, and P.G. Hunt EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURE SAMPLE ANALYSIS CALCULATION STATISTICAL ANALYSIS QUALITY ASSURANCE SUMMARY Chapter 26 Ammonium Oxidation in Wetland Soils / K.S. Inglett, A.V. Ogram, and K.R. Reddy AEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (NITRIFICATION) ANAEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (ANAMMOX) METHODS FOR ASSESSING AEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (NITRIFICATION) METHODS FOR ASSESSING ANAEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (ANAMMOX) POTENTIAL MOLECULAR METHODS FOR ASSESSING AMMONIUM OXDIATION IN WETLAND SOILS SUMMARY Chapter 27 Denitrification Measurement Using Membrane Inlet Mass Spectrometry / Patrick W. Inglett, Todd M. Kana, and Soonmo An GENERAL PRINCIPLES EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES ISOTOPE PAIRING BY THE MIMS METHOD SUMMARY Chapter 28 Nitrate Reduction, Denitrification, and Dissimilatory Nitrate Reduction to Ammonium in Wetland Sediments / Amy J. Burgin, Stephen K. Hamilton, Wayne S. Gardner, and Mark J. McCarthy EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS PROCEDURES SAMPLE PREPARATION CALCULATIONS Chapter 29 System-Level Denitrification Measurement Based on Dissolved Gas Equilibration Theory and Membrane Inlet Mass Spectrometry / Andrew Laursen and Patrick W. Inglett GENERAL THEORY EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES CALCULATIONS DISCUSSION AND LIMITATIONS SUMMARY Chapter 30 Biogeochemical Nitrogen Cycling in Wetland Ecosystems: Nitrogen-15 Isotope Techniques / Dries Huygens, Mark Trimmer, Tobias Rütting, Christoph Müller, Catherine M. Heppell, Katrina Lansdown, and Pascal Boeckx EXPERIMENTAL STUDY SETUPS ISOTOPE PAIRING AND REVISED ISOTOPE PAIRING TECHNIQUES ISOTOPE DILUTION AND TRACING TECHNIQUES Chapter 31 Biological Dinitrogen Fixation / Patrick W. Inglett ACETYLENE REDUCTION DINITROGEN-15 INCORPORATION SUMMARY Chapter 32 Methods for Soil Phosphorus Characterization and Analysis of Wetland Soils / Curtis J. Richardson and K.R. Reddy TERMINOLOGY, OPERATIONAL DEFINITIONS, AND COMPARISON OF PHOSPHORUS FORMS SAMPLE PREPARATION AND STORAGE SOIL PHOSPHORUS ANALYSIS PHOSPHORUS AVAILABILITY INDICES ANION EXCHANGE RESIN AND IRON OXIDE PAPER SOIL INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS FORMS GENERAL COMMENTS Chapter 33 Phosphorus Characterization in Wetland Soils by Solution Phosphorus-31 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy / Alexander W. Cheesman, James Rocca, and Benjamin L. Turner BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE PRINCIPLES APPLICATION TO WETLAND SOILS Chapter 34 Phosphorus Sorption and Desorption
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94740
    Description / Table of Contents: В книге представлены результаты 15-летних (1998-2012 гг.) российско-германских комплексных исследований дельты р. Лены. На материалах геоморфологических, геологических, геокриологических исследований выявлены основные этапы развития дельты в голоцене, а также в позднем неоплейстоцене. Ведущим фактором формирования дельты были колебания уровня моря Лаптевых. Книга может быть полезна тем, кто интересуется палеогеографией, палеоклиматологией, колебаниями уровня моря.
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents the results of 15-year (1998-2012) Russian-German comprehensive studies of the river delta. Lena. Based on the materials of geomorphological, geological, geocryological studies, the main stages in the development of the delta in the Holocene, as well as in the late Pleistocene, were revealed. The leading factor in the formation of the delta was fluctuations in the level of the Laptev Sea. The book may be useful to those who are interested in paleogeography, paleoclimatology, sea level fluctuations.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 268 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-98364-056-6
    Language: Russian
    Note: Содержание Введение 1. Физико-географический очерк дельты реки Лены 2. История изучения дельты реки Лены 3. Геолого-геоморфологическое строение дельты реки Лены 3.1. Геологическое строение 3.1.1. Дочетвертичные отложения 3.1.2. Четвертичные отложения 3.1.2.1. Строение четвертичных отложений в дельте и на побережье моря Лаптевых 3.1.2.2. Скважины бурового профиля «Мамонтов Клык» 3.1.2.3. Строение, состав и возраст осадков, слагающих остров Арга-Муора-Сисё в северо-западной части дельты реки Лены 3.1.2.4. Разрезы голоценовых отложений в дельте 3.1.2.5. Торфяные залежи или аллохтонный растительный материал? 3.2. Геоморфологическое строение дельты и прилегающих территорий, современные геоморфологические процессы 3.2.1. Геоморфологическое строение отдельных участков 3.2.1.1. Устье Оленёкской протоки 3.2.1.2. Центральная часть дельты 3.2.1.3. Район острова Сардах-Хая 3.2.1.4. Долина реки Урасалах 3.2.1.5. Долина реки Кэлимээр, приустьевой участок и дельта реки Оленёк 3.2.1.6. Морские террасы в дельте реки Лены и в районе Дельты 3.2.2. Геоморфологическое строение дельты реки Лены 3.2.3. Русловые деформации и перераспределение стока по рукавам 3.2.3.1. Главное русло 3.2.3.2. Сардахско-Трофимовский узел разветвления 3.2.3.3. Оленёкско-Булкурский узел разветвления 3.2.3.4. Туматская протока 3.2.3.5. Причины перераспределения стока в дельте 3.2.4. Динамика акватории на отдельных участках 4. Происхождение и развитие дельты реки Лены 4.1. Происхождение ледового комплекса пород 4.2. Происхождение острова Арга-Муора-Сисё 4.3. Происхождение дельты реки Лены 4.3.1. Модель развития дельты в голоцене 4.3.2. Колебания уровня моря в голоцене 4.3.3. Современные колебания уровня 4.3.4. Развитие дельты в голоцене 5. Колебания климата 5.1. Колебания климата в голоцене 5.1.1. Материалы и методы 5.1.2. Донные отложения озера Николай-Кюеле 5.1.3. Донные отложения озера Севастьян-Кюеле 5.1.4. Донные отложения других озер района дельты реки Лены 5.1.5. Палеоклиматические события голоцена по данным изучения четвертичных отложений 5.1.6. Общие результаты 5.2. Колебания климата последнего тысячелетия 5.3. Современные климатические изменения и режим многолетнемерзлых пород 6. Пассивные ледники в дельте реки Лены и в окружающих горах 7. Колебания уровня моря - первопричина возникновения ледового комплекса пород и дельты реки Лены Заключение Список литературы , Translated table of contents Introduction 1. Physical and geographical outline of the Lena River Delta 2. The history of the study of the delta of the Lena River 3. Geological and geomorphological structure of the delta of the Lena River 3.1. Geological structure 3.1.1. Pre-Quaternary deposits 3.1.2. Quaternary deposits 3.1.2.1. The structure of Quaternary deposits in the delta and on the coast of the Laptev Sea 3.1.2.2. Wells of the drilling profile "Mammoth Klyk" 3.1.2.3. The structure, composition and age of the sediments composing the island of Arga-Muora-Sisho in the northwestern part of the Lena River Delta 3.1.2.4. Sections of Holocene deposits in the delta 3.1.2.5. Peat deposits or allochthonous plant material? 3.2. Geomorphological Structure of the Delta and Adjacent Territories, Modern Geomorphological Processes 3.2.1. Geomorphological structure of individual sections 3.2.1.1. The mouth of the Olenyok channel 3.2.1.2. The central part of the delta 3.2.1.3. The area of ​​the island of Sardakh-Khaya 3.2.1.4. Valley of the river Urasalakh 3.2.1.5. The valley of the Kalimeer river, the estuarine section and the delta of the Olenyok river 3.2.1.6. Sea terraces in the delta of the Lena River and in the Delta region 3.2.2. Geomorphological structure of the delta of the Lena River 3.2.3. Channel deformations and redistribution of runoff along the branches 3.2.3.1. The main channel 3.2.3.2. Sardakh-Trofimov branching point 3.2.3.3. Olenyok-Bulkur branching point 3.2.3.4. Tumatskaya duct 3.2.3.5. Causes of Runoff Redistribution in the Delta 3.2.4. Dynamics of the water area in separate areas 4. Origin and development of the Lena river delta 4.1. The origin of the ice complex of rocks 4.2. The origin of the island of Arga-Muora-Sisho 4.3. Origin of the Lena River Delta 4.3.1. Model of delta development in the Holocene 4.3.2. Sea level fluctuations in the Holocene 4.3.3. Modern Level Fluctuations 4.3.4. Development of the delta in the Holocene 5. Climate fluctuations 5.1. Climate fluctuations in the Holocene 5.1.1. Materials and methods 5.1.2. Bottom sediments of Lake Nikolai-Kyuele 5.1.3. Bottom sediments of Lake Sevastyan-Kyuele 5.1.4. Bottom sediments of other lakes in the Lena River delta region 5.1.5. Paleoclimatic events of the Holocene according to the study of Quaternary deposits 5.1.6. General results 5.2. Climate fluctuations of the last millennium 5.3. Modern Climatic Changes and the Regime of Permafrost 6. Passive glaciers in the delta of the Lena River and in the surrounding mountains 7. Fluctuations in sea level - the root cause of the formation of the ice complex of rocks and the delta of the Lena River Conclusion References , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Viévy : Éditions de l'Escargot Savant
    Call number: AWI A4-22-94545
    Description / Table of Contents: Sea ice covers 20 million km² of our planet’s surface. It plays an important role in the Earth’s climate and is home to a variety of fascinating fauna, from the polar bear to the emperor penguin. Sailors and meteorologists use a wide range of terms such as frazil, pancake ice, floe or hummock to describe the different features of sea ice. This book includes an illustrated guide to sea ice so that polar travellers can discover this environment and understand ice charts. The story of sea ice is also a story of human endeavour. For the Inuit, fast ice is an ideal terrain for hunting, fishing and travelling. But for European explorers the drifting ice was an insurmountable barrier for centuries, crushing ships and forcing crews to spend long and difficult winters on the ice. It has also been the scene of incredible adventures involving planes, submarines, icebreakers and sometimes even rafts of drifting ice. But our planet is warming and the oldest polar sea ice is disappearing. The declining sea ice encourages the economic and industrial development of the Arctic, but also disrupts the climate, societies and fauna of the Far North. The author is a meteorologist who has wintered in Antarctica, lived in Greenland and guides several polar expedition cruises each year.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 112 Seiten , Illustrationen , 15 x 21 cm
    ISBN: 978-2-918299-26-4
    Series Statement: Maxi-Guides Collection : Polar Regions
    Language: English
    Note: Contents ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO SEA ICE Presentation Ice development Fast ice Occurrence and concentration of floating ice Forms of floating ice Distribution of ice Openings in the ice Ice surface features Melt stages Break-up Charting sea ice Egg code SEA ICE Extent and area Thickness and salinity Currents Climatic role Life in the ice FAUNA The Arctic Antarctica MAN AND THE SEA ICE The Inuit Explorers from the 15th to the 19th century Shipwrecked on a raft of ice The Fram and the drifting ice stations Polar aircraft Polar submarines Icebreakers Tourism Sports , Übersetzung aus dem Französischen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94801
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 95 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-89658-049-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents INTRODUCTION / P.V.Krasilnikov PART I GENERAL CHARACTERIZATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Geological settings / D.E.Konyushkov, R.V.Desyatkin Climate and soil temperature dynamics / D.E.Konyushkov, R.V.Desyatkin, A.R.Desyatkin Geocryological conditions / D.E.Konyushkov, A.N.Fedorov Vegetation / D.E.Konyushkov, R.V.Desyatkin SOILS AND SOIL COVER PATTERNS – GENERAL SCOPE / D.E.Konyushkov, R.V.Desyatkin, S.F.Khokhlov ALAS PHENOMEN: SPECIFIC FEATURES, GENESIS AND DYNAMICS / R.V.Desyatkin, A.R.Desyatkin AGRICULTURE AND OTHER ANTHROPOGENIC ACTIVITY IN CENTRAL YAKUTIA / R.V.Desyatkin, M.V.Okoneshnikova PART II SOILS OF CENTRAL SAKHA (YAKUTIA) / S.V.Goryachkin, R.V.Desyatkin, E.M.Lapteva, M.N.Lebedeva, N.S.Mergelov, P.V.Krasilnikov, V.A.Shishkov, I.V.Turova E.P.Zazovskaya METHODS OF STUDY DAY 1 Vilyui road. Cambic Turbic Cryosol. Profile 11 Vilyui road. Turbic Cryosol Reductaquic. Profile 12 Sand hills near Tabaga. Haplic Stagnosol Arenic Turbic. Profile 15 DAY 2 Abalakh alas vicinities. Haplic Cryosol Albic Luvic Sodic. Profile 14 Abalakh alas. Salic Fluvisol. Profile 13-1 Abalakh alas. Stagnic Solonetz Turbic. Profile 13-2 DAY 3 Desyatkin Alas. Cryic Limnic Histosol. Profile 9-1 Desyatkin Alas. Thapto-Histic Limnic Fluvisol. Profile 9-2 Desyatkin Alas. Endogleyic Stagnosols Albic Arenic Turbic. Profile 9-3 Observation point. Khonorosh alas. Bulgunyakh (pingo) 4 DAY 4 Tabaga post-agrogenic soil. Stagnic Cambisol Calcaric. Profile 2-1 Tabaga post-agrogenic soil. Luvic Phaeozem Albic Turbic. Profile 2-2 Tabaga post-agrogenic soil. Calcic Mollic Solonetz Albic. Profile 2-3 Observation point. Badland on icy permafrost Lena terrace. Stagnic Chernozem Molliglossic Turbic. Profile 5 Lena terrace. Mollic Endogleyic Solonetz Turbic. Profile 6 Lena terrace. Hyposalic Solonetz. Profile 7 SOME GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOILS Cryogenic microfeatures Soluble salts in investigated soils DAY 5. Lena pillars CONCLUSION / (S.V.Goryachkin) ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS REFERENCES
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: AWI A10-18-91567
    In: AIP conference proceedings, Vol. 1531
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXV, 970 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9780735411555 , 9781629936963 (Print on Demand)
    Series Statement: AIP conference proceedings 1531
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Preface: Radiation Processes in the Atmosphere and Ocean / Robert F. Cahalan. - Acknowledgments. - PLENARY SESSION. - UNION-HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES AND CURRENT TOPICS IN RADIATION PROCESSES IN THE ATMOSPHERE AND OCEAN / Conveners: R. F. Cahalan, W. Schmutz, B. J. Sohn, and J. Fischer. - 125 years of radiative transfer: Enduring triumphs and persisting misconceptions / Michael I. Mishchenko. - Active remote sensing of cloud microphysics / Hajime Okamoto. - MIPAS: 10 years of spectroscopic measurements for investigating atmospheric composition / Herbert Fischer. - Status of high spectral resolution IR for advancing atmospheric state characterization and climate trend benchmarking: A period of both opportunity realized and squandered / Henry Revercomb, Fred Best, Robert Knuteson, David Tobin, Joe Taylor, and Jon Gero. - Growing up MODIS: Towards a mature aerosol climate data record / Robert C. Levy. - Radiative transfer and regional climate change / Kuo-Nan Liou. - Ocean optics: The next frontier / George W. Kattawar. - PARALLEL SESSIONS. - RADIATIVE TRANSFER THEORY AND MODELING / Conveners: B. Mayer, A. Marshak, and J.-L. Widlowski. - Oral Presentations. - New approach for radiative transfer in sea ice and its application for sea ice satellite remote sensing / E. P. Zege, A. V. Malinka, I. L. Katsev, A. S. Prikhach, and G. Heygster. - The line-by-line and polarized Monte Carlo atmospheric radiative transfer model / B. A. Fomin and V. A. Falaleeva. - Hyperspectral retrieval of surface reflectances: A new scheme / Jean-Claude Thelen and Stephan Havemann. - Accelerations of the discrete ordinate method for nadir viewing geometries / Dmitry Efremenko, Adrian Doicu, Diego Loyola, and Thomas Trautmann. - The simulation of radar and coherent backscattering with the Monte Carlo model MYSTIC / Christian Pause, Robert Buras, Claudia Emde, and Bernhard Mayer. - The visibility of airborne volcanic ash from the flight deck of an aircraft - The effect of clouds in the field of view / Daniel Sauer, Josef Gasteiger, Claudia Emde, Robert Buras, Bernhard Mayer, and Bernadett Weinzierl. - Results of processing airborne NASA and Russian cloud data / Irina Melnikova, Jefwa M. Genya, and Charles K. Gatebe. - 3D radiative processes in satellite measurements of aerosol properties / Tamás Várnai, Alexander Marshak, Weidong Yang, and Guoyong Wen. - Assessment of cloud heterogeneities effects on brightness temperatures simulated with a 3D Monte Carlo code in the thermal infrared / Thomas Fauchez, Céline Cornet, Frédéric Szczap, and Philippe Dubuisson. - Parametric 3D atmospheric reconstruction in highly variable terrain with recycled Monte Carlo paths and an adapted Bayesian inference engine / Ian Langmore, Anthony B. Davis, Guillaume Bal, and Youssef M. Marzouk. - Remote sensing of particle size profiles from cloud sides: Observables and retrievals in a 3D environment / Florian Ewald, Tobias Zinner, and Bernhard Mayer. - Poster Presentations. - Characterization of cloud microphysical parameters using airborne measurements by the research scanning polarimeter / Mikhail D. Alexandrov, Brian Cairns, Michael I. Mishchenko, Andrew S. Ackerman, and Claudia Emde. - Solution of the radiative transfer equation by eliminating the anisotropic part within the method of synthetic iteration / Vladimir P. Budak and Oleg V. Shagalov. - The phase matrix truncation impact on polarized radiance / M. Compiègne, L. C-Labonnote, and P. Dubuisson. - Evaluation of cloud heterogeneity effects on total and polarized visible radiances as measured by POLDER/PARASOL and consequences for retrieved cloud properties / C. Cornet, F. Szczap, L. C.-Labonnote, T. Fauchez, F. Parol, F. Thieuleux, J. Riedi, P. Dubuisson, and N. Ferlay. - Retrieval of volcanic ash and ice cloud physical properties together with gas concentration from IASI measurements using the AVL model / S. Kochenova, M. De Mazière, N. Kumps, S. Vandenbussche, and T. Kerzenmacher. - Use of shadowband correction models for predicting direct solar irradiance / M. C. Kotti, A. A. Argiriou, and A. Kazantzidis. - Simulation of airborne radar observations of precipitating systems at various frequency bands / Valentin Louf, Olivier Pujol, and Jérôme Riedi. - Fast radiative transfer model to simulate spectroscopic measurements of outgoing IR radiances in cloudy conditions / Alexey Rublev and Anatoly Trotsenko. - Intercomparison of three microwave/infrared high resolution line-by-line radiative transfer codes / F. Schreier, S. Gimeno Garcia, M. Milz, A. Kottayil, M. Höpfner, T. von Clarmann, and G. Stiller. - Py4CAtS – Python tools for line-by-line modelling of infrared atmospheric radiative transfer / Franz Schreier and Sebastián Gimeno García. - Theory of weak spectral line formation within a plane-parallel atmosphere bounded from below by a reflecting underlying surface / Oleg I. Smokty. - Analytical spatial-angular structure of polarized radiation fields in a uniform atmospheric slab / Oleg I. Smokty. - The mirror symmetry principle for radiation fields in a vertically non-uniform atmospheric slab / Oleg I. Smokty. - A 3D polarized Monte Carlo LIDAR system simulator for studying effects of cirrus inhomogeneities on CALIOP/CALIPSO measurements / F. Szczap, C. Cornet, A. Alqassem, Y. Gour, L. C.-Labonnote, and O. Jourdan. - The significance analysis of FY-2E split window data for "clear region" AMVs derivation / Zhenhui Wang, Yizhe Zhan, Zhiguo Zhang, and Lu Yang. - PARTICLE RADIATIVE PROPERTIES / Conveners: T. Aoki, P. Di Girolamo, and H. Ishimoto. - Oral Presentations. - Retrieval of aerosol microstructure and radiative properties for moderate turbidity under conditions of Western Siberia / Tatiana B. Zhuravleva, Tatiana V. Bedareva, and Mikhail A. Sviridenkov. - Vertical resolved aerosol characterization during the GAMARF campaign: Aerosol size distribution and radiative properties / José Luis Gómez-Amo, Daniela Meloni, Alcide di Sarra, Tatiana DiIorio, Wolfgang Junkermann, Víctor Estellés, Giandomenico Pace, and Jeroni Lorente. - A novel, broadband spectroscopic method to measure the extinction coefficient of aerosols in the near-ultraviolet / Eoin M. Wilson, Jun Chen, Ravi M. Varma, John C. Wenger, and Dean S. Venables. - Aerosol characteristics at the Alpine site of Innsbruck, Austria / Sigrid Wuttke, Axel Kreuter, and Mario Blumthaler. - Comparison of modeled optical properties of Saharan mineral dust aerosols with SAMUM lidar and photometer observations / Josef Gasteiger and Matthias Wiegner. - A self-consistent high- and low-frequency scattering model for cirrus / Anthony J. Baran, Richard Cotton, Stephan Havemann, Laurent C.-Labonnote, and Franco Marenco. - Does scattered radiation undergo bluing within clouds? / I. Melnikova, T. Simakina, A. Vasilyev, C. Gatebe, and C. Varotsos. - Poster Presentations. - Numerical simulation of spectral albedos of glacier surfaces covered with glacial microbes in Northwestern Greenland / Teruo Aoki, Katsuyuki Kuchiki, Masashi Niwano, Sumito Matoba, Jun Uetake, Kazuhiko Masuda, and Hiroshi Ishimoto. - Development of a quality control algorithm for analysis of SKYNET data and an estimation of the single scattering albedo / Makiko Hashimoto and Teruyuki Nakajima. - Optical modeling of irregularly shaped ice particles in convective cirrus / Hiroshi Ishimoto, Kazuhiko Masuda, Yuzo Mano, Narihiro Orikasa, and Akihiro Uchiyama. - Optimizing the ice crystal scattering database for the GCOM-C/SGLI satellite mission / Husi Letu, Takashi Y. Nakajima, Takashi N. Matsui, and Yoshiaki Matsumae. - Synergetic retrieval of atmospheric aerosol from a combination of lidar and radiometer ground-based observations / Anton Lopatin, Oleg Dubovik, Anatoli Chaikovsky, Philippe Goloub, Didier Tanre, Pavel Litvinov, and Tatiana Lapyonok. - Satellite study over Europe to estimate the single scattering albedo and the aerosol opt
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: AWI P5-12-0033
    In: IASC ... bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 117 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783981363739
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI A3-12-0018
    In: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library, Vol. 43
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is now experiencing some of the most rapid and severe climate change on earth. Over the next 100 years, climate change is expected to accelerate, contributing to major physical, ecological, social, and economic changes, many of which have already begun. Changes in arctic climate will also affect the rest of the world through increased global warming and rising sea levels. The volume addresses the following major topics: research results in observing aspects of the Arctic climate system and its processes across a range of time and space scales; representation of cryospheric, atmospheric, and oceanic processes in models, including simulation of their interaction with coupled models; our understanding of the role of the arctic in the global climate system, its response to large-scale climate variations, and the processes involved.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 464 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789400720268
    Series Statement: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library 43
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 The origins of ACSYS / Victor Savtchenko. - PART I OBSERVATIONS: 2 Advances in Arctic atmospheric research / James E. Overland and Mark C. Serreze. - 3 Sea-ice observation: advances and challenges / Humfrey Melling. - 4 Observations in the ocean / Bert Rudels, Leif Anderson, Patrick Eriksson, Eberhard Fahrbach, Martin Jakobsson, E. Peter Jones, Humfrey Melling, Simon Prinsenberg, Ursula Schauer, and Tom Yao. - 5 Observed hydrological cycle / Hermann Mächel, Bruno Rudolf, Thomas Maurer, Stefan Hagemann, Reinhard Hagenbrock, Lev Kitaev, Eirik J. Førland, Vjacheslav Rasuvaev, and Ole Einar Tveito. - 6 Interaction with the global climate system / T. A. McClimans, G. V. Alekseev, O. M. Johannessen, and M. W. Miles. - PART II MODELLING: 7 Mesoscale modelling of the Arctic atmospheric boundary layer and its interaction with sea ice / Christof Lüpkes, Timo Vihma, Gerit Birnbaum, Silke Dierer, Thomas Garbrecht, Vladimir M. Gryanik, Micha Gryschka, Jörg Hartmann, Günther Heinemann, Lars Kaleschke, Siegfried Raasch, Hannu Savijärvi, K. Heinke Schlünzen, and Ulrike Wacker. - 8 Arctic regional climate models / K. Dethloff, A. Rinke, A. Lynch, W. Dorn, S. Saha, and D. Handorf. - 9 Progress in hydrological modeling over high latitudes: under arctic climate system study (ACSYS) / Dennis P. Lettenmaier and Fengge Su. - 10 Sea-ice-ocean modelling / Rüdiger Gerdes and Peter Lemke. - 11 Global climate models and 20th and 21st century Arctic climate change / Cecilia M. Bitz, Jeff K. Ridley, Marika Holland, and Howard Cattle. - 12 ACSYS: Scientific foundation for the climate and cryosphere (CliC) project / Konrad Steffen, Daqing Yang, Vladimir Ryabinin, and Ghassem Asrar.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Apress
    Call number: AWI S2-12-0083
    Description / Table of Contents: Beginning R: An Introduction to Statistical Programming shows you how to use this open-source language and take advantage of its extensive statistical and graphing capabilities. Indeed, R has become the de facto standard for doing, teaching, and learning computational statistics. With this book, you'll learn the language by using it right from the start - an approach giving valuable, firsthand experience. Author and expert R programmer Larry Pace guides you through a wide range of projects, teaching you best practices and offering clear explanations of the statistics involved and how they are applied. You'll see how to: acquire and install R; import and export data and scripts; generate basic statistics and graphics; write custom functions in the R language; explore different statistical interpretations of your data; implement simulations and other advanced techniques.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiv, 310 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781430245544
    Series Statement: The expert's voice in programming
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: About the author. - About the technical reviewer. - Acknowledgments. - Introduction. - Chapter 1: Getting R and getting started. - Chapter 2: Programming in R. - Chapter 3: Writing reusable functions. - Chapter 4: Summary statistics. - Chapter 5: Creating Tables and graphs. - Chapter 6: Discrete probability distributions. - Chapter 7: Computing normal probabilities. - Chapter 8: Creating confidence intervals. - Chapter 9: Performing t tests. - Chapter 10: One-way analysis of variance. - Chapter 11: Advanced analysis of variance. - Chapter 12: Correlation and regression. - Chapter 13: Multiple regression. - Chapter 14: Logistic regression. - Chapter 15: Chi-square tests. - Chapter 16: Nonparametric tests. - Chapter 17: Using R for simulation. - Chapter 18: The 'new' statistics: resampling and bootstrapping. - Chapter 19: Making an R package. - Chapter 20: The R commander package. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: ZSP-168-640
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: ii, 192 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 640
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: AWI S6-12-0040
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 335 S.
    Edition: Auflage März 2012
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: AWI G3-12-0048
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction to the Cryosphere. - Chapter 2: Material Properties of Snow and Ice. - Chapter 3: Snow and Ice Thermodynamics. - Chapter 4: Seasonal Snow and Freshwater Ice. - Chapter 5: Sea Ice. - Chapter 6: Glaciers and Ice Sheets. - Chapter 7: Permafrost. - Chapter 8: Cryosphere-Climate Processes. - Chapter 9: The Cryosphere and Climate Change.
    Description / Table of Contents: The cryosphere encompasses the Earth's snow and ice masses. It is a critical part of our planet's climate system, one that is especially at risk from climate change and global warming. "The Cryosphere" provides an essential introduction to the subject, written by one of the world's leading experts in Earth-system science. In this primer, glaciologist Shawn Marshall introduces readers to the cryosphere and the broader role it plays in our global climate system. After giving a concise overview, he fully explains each component of the cryosphere and how it works - seasonal snow, permafrost, river and lake ice, sea ice, glaciers, ice sheets, and ice shelves. Marshall describes how snow and ice interact with our atmosphere and oceans and how they influence climate, sea level, and ocean circulation. He looks at the cryosphere's role in past ice ages, and considers the changing cryosphere's future impact on our landscape, oceans, and climate. Accessible and authoritative, this primer also features a glossary of key terms, suggestions for further reading, explanations of equations, and a discussion of open research questions in the field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780691145266
    Series Statement: Princeton primers in climate
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Ruggell : Gantner | Königstein : Koeltz Scientific Books
    Call number: AWI Bio-12-0061
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 149 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-905997-12-5
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFACE CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION How to collect, process and identify diatoms Phytoplankton Periphyton Permanent preparation Health and Safety Light microscopy (LM) Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) The Pathway to diatom studies CHAPTER 2 BIOLOGY AND APPLICATION OF DIATOMS Introduction Habitat Habit Frustule Structure Cytology Cell Division Movement of Diatoms Life Cycle Resting Stages Ecology and biomonitoring Palaeoecology and climate change Diatomite Diatoms in Forensic Science Harmful Diatoms Classification and Systematics CHAPTER 3 FEATURES AND ILLUSTRATED GLOSSARY FOR DIATOM IDENTIFICATION Glossary of Terms Applicable to Diatoms Botanical Nomenclature A Mind Map Recent Name Changes CHAPTER 4 SHORT DIAGNOSTIC DESCRIPTIONS OF COMMON GENERA CENTRIC PENNATE DIATOMS ARAPHID GROUP MONORAPHID GROUP PRORAPHID GROUP BIRAPHID GROUP NAVICULOID SIGMOID GROUP HETEROPOLAR GROUP CYMBELLOID GROUP DIATOMS WITH RAPHE RAISED ON KEEL BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX OF DIATOM SPECIES ILLUSTRATED IN THIS GUIDE
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: ZSP-403-321
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Description / Table of Contents: This report presents biogeochemical data obtained by the 52nd Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition in the austral summer of 2010 - 2011. The data include measurements of the temperature, salinity and inorganic nutrient concentrations of seawater shallower than 500 m in the Southern Ocean.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 14 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 321 : Marine Biology 43
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: AWI G3-12-0073
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction. - Chapter 2: Spatial analyses of thermokarst lakes and basins in Yedoma landscapes of the Lena Delta. - Chapter 3: Evolution of thermokarst in East Siberian ice-rich permafrost: a case study. - Chapter 4: The role of thermal erosion in the degradation of Siberian ice-rich permafrost. - Chapter 5: Synthesis.
    Description / Table of Contents: Current climate warming is affecting arctic regions at a faster rate than the rest of the world. This has profound effects on permafrost that underlies most of the arctic land area. Permafrost thawing can lead to the liberation of considerable amounts of greenhouse gases as well as to significant changes in the geomorphology, hydrology, and ecology of the corresponding landscapes, which may in turn act as a positive feedback to the climate system. Vast areas of the east Siberian lowlands, which are underlain by permafrost of the Yedoma-type Ice Complex, are particularly sensitive to climate warming because of the high ice content of these permafrost deposits.Thermokarst and thermal erosion are two major types of permafrost degradation in periglacial landscapes. The associated landforms are prominent indicators of climate-induced environmental variations on the regional scale. Thermokarst lakes and basins (alasses) as well as thermo-erosional valleys are widely distributed in the coastal lowlands adjacent to the Laptev Sea. This thesis investigates the spatial distribution and morphometric properties of these degradational features to reconstruct their evolutionary conditions during the Holocene and to deduce information on the potential impact of future permafrost degradation under the projected climate warming. The methodological approach is a combination of remote sensing, geoinformation, and field investigations, which integrates analyses on local to regional spatial scales.Thermokarst and thermal erosion have affected the study region to a great extent. In the Ice Complex area of the Lena River Delta, thermokarst basins cover a much larger area than do present thermokarst lakes on Yedoma uplands (20.0 and 2.2 %, respectively), which indicates that the conditions for large-area thermokarst development were more suitable in the past. This is supported by the reconstruction of the development of an individual alas in the Lena River Delta, which reveals a prolonged phase of high thermokarst activity since the Pleistocene/Holocene transition that created a large and deep basin. After the drainage of the primary thermokarst lake during the mid-Holocene, permafrost aggradation and degradation have occurred in parallel and in shorter alternating stages within the alas, resulting in a complex thermokarst landscape. Though more dynamic than during the first phase, late Holocene thermokarst activity in the alas was not capable of degrading large portions of Pleistocene Ice Complex deposits and substantially altering the Yedoma relief. Further thermokarst development in existing alasses is restricted to thin layers of Holocene ice-rich alas sediments, because the Ice Complex deposits underneath the large primary thermokarst lakes have thawed completely and the underlying deposits are ice-poor fluvial sands. Thermokarst processes on undisturbed Yedoma uplands have the highest impact on the alteration of Ice Complex deposits, but will be limited to smaller areal extents in the future because of the reduced availability of large undisturbed upland surfaces with poor drainage. On Kurungnakh Island in the central Lena River Delta, the area of Yedoma uplands available for future thermokarst development amounts to only 33.7 %. The increasing proximity of newly developing thermokarst lakes on Yedoma uplands to existing degradational features and other topographic lows decreases the possibility for thermokarst lakes to reach large sizes before drainage occurs.Drainage of thermokarst lakes due to thermal erosion is common in the study region, but thermo-erosional valleys also provide water to thermokarst lakes and alasses. Besides these direct hydrological interactions between thermokarst and thermal erosion on the local scale, an interdependence between both processes exists on the regional scale. A regional analysis of extensive networks of thermo-erosional valleys in three lowland regions of the Laptev Sea with a total study area of 5,800 km² found that these features are more common in areas with higher slopes and relief gradients, whereas thermokarst development is more pronounced in flat lowlands with lower relief gradients. The combined results of this thesis highlight the need for comprehensive analyses of both, thermokarst and thermal erosion, in order to assess past and future impacts and feedbacks of the degradation of ice-rich permafrost on hydrology and climate of a certain region.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VI, 116 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: AWI G3-12-0029
    Description / Table of Contents: [...] Focus of this study was the Holocene periglacial landscape dynamic of the peninsula which is strongly influenced by thermokarst processes until today. During the expedition "Laptev Sea - Buor Khaya 2010" in August 2010, two permafrost sediment profiles from a thermokarst depression (Alas) and an ice-rich Pleistocene remnant hill (Yedoma) were sampled. Today, the investigated profiles are exposed by the Laptev Sea as a result of coastal erosion. [...]
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 73 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A5-12-0038
    Description / Table of Contents: Murry Salby's new book provides an integrated treatment of the processes controlling the Earth-atmosphere system developed from first principles through a balance of theory and applications. This book builds on Salby's previous book Fundamentals of Atmospheric Physics. The scope has been expanded to include climate, while streamlining the presentation for undergraduates in scinece, mathematics, and engineering. Advanced material, suitable for graduate students and researchers, has been retained but distingushed from the basic development. The book offers a conceptual yet quantitative understanding of the controlling influences integrated through theory and major applications. It leads readers through a methodical development of the diverse physical processes that shape weather, global energetics, and climate. End-of-chapter problems of varying difficulty develop student knowledge and ist quanitative application, supported by answers and detailed solutions online for instructors.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 666 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published 2012, 2nd edition
    ISBN: 9780521767187 , 978-0-521-76718-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Prelude 1 The Earth-atmosphere system 1.1 Introduction 1.1.1 Descriptions of atmospheric behavior 1.1.2 Mechanisms influencing atmospheric behavior 1.2 Composition and structure 1.2.1 Description of air 1.2.2 Stratification of mass 1.2.3 Thermal and dynamical structure 1.2.4 Trace constituents 1.2.5 Cloud 1.3 Radiative equilibrium of the Earth 1.4 The global energy budget 1.4.1 Global-mean energy balance 1.4.2 Horizontal distribution of radiative transfer 1.5 The general circulation 1.6 Historical perspective: Global-mean temperature 1.6.1 The instrumental record 1.6.2 Proxy records Suggested references Problems 2 Thermodynamics of gases 2.1 Thermodynamic concepts 2.1.1 Thermodynamic properties 2.1.2 Expansion work 2.1.3 Heat transfer 2.1.4 State variables and thermodynamic processes 2.2 The First Law 2.2.1 Internal energy 2.2.2 Diabatic changes of state 2.3 Heat capacity 2.4 Adiabatic processes 2.4.1 Potential temperature 2.4.2 Thermodynamic behavior accompanying vertical motion 2.5 Diabatic processes 2.5.1 Polytropic processes Suggested references Problems 3 The Second Law and its implications 3.1 Natural and reversible processes 3.1.1 The Carnot cycle 3.2 Entropy and the Second Law 3.3 Restricted forms of the Second Law 3.4 The fundamental relations 3.4.1 The Maxwell Relations 3.4.2 Noncompensated heat transfer 3.5 Conditions for thermodynamic equilibrium 3.6 Relationship of entropy to potential temperature 3.6.1 Implications for vertical motion Suggested references Problems 4 Heterogeneous systems 4.1 Description of a heterogeneous system 4.2 Chemical equilibrium 4.3 Fundamental relations for a mufti-component system 4.4 Thermodynamic degrees of freedom 4.5 Thermodynamic characteristics of water 4.6 Equilibrium phase transformations 4.6.1 Latent heat 4.6.2 Clausius-Clapeyron Equation Suggested references Problems 5 Transformations of moist air 5.1 Description of moist air 5.1.1 Properties of the gas phase 5.1.2 Saturation properties 5.2 Implications for the distribution of water vapor 5.3 State variables of the two-component system 5.3.1 Unsaturated behavior 5.3.2 Saturated behavior 5.4 Thermodynamic behavior accompanying vertical motion 5.4.1 Condensation and the release of latent heat 5.4.2 The pseudo-adiabatic process 5.4.3 The Saturated Adiabatic Lapse Rate 5.5 The pseudo-adiabatic chart Suggested references Problems 6 Hydrostatic equilibrium 6.1 Effective gravity 6.2 Geopotential coordinates 6.3 Hydrostatic balance 6.3.1 Hypsometric equation 6.3.2 Meteorological Analyses 6.4 Stratification 6.4.1 Idealized stratification 6.5 Lagrangian interpretation of stratification 6.5.1 Adiabatic stratification: A paradigm of the troposphere 6.5.2 Diabatic stratification: A paradigm of the stratosphere Suggested references Problems 7 Static stability 7.1 Reaction to vertical displacement 7.2 Stability categories 7.2.1 Stability in terms of temperature 7.2.2 Stability in terms of potential temperature 7.2.3 Moisture dependence 7.3 Implications for vertical motion 7.4 Finite displacements 7.4.1 Conditional instability 7.4.2 Entrainment 7.4.3 Potential instability 7.4.4 Modification of stability under unsaturated conditions 7.5 Stabilizing and destabilizing influences 7.6 Turbulent dispersion 7.6.1 Convective mixing 7.6.2 Inversions 7.6.3 Life cycle of the nocturnal inversion 7.7 Relationship to observed thermal structure Suggested references Problems 8 Radiative transfer 8.1 Shortwave and longwave radiation 8.1.1 Spectra of observed SW and LW radiation 8.2 Description of radiative transfer 8.2.1 Radiometric quantities 8.2.2 Absorption 8.2.3 Emission 8.2.4 Scattering 8.2.5 The Equation of Radiative Transfer 8.3 Absorption characteristics of gases 8.3.1 Interaction between radiation and molecules 8.3.2 Line broadening 8.4 Radiative transfer in a plane parallel atmosphere 8.4.1 Transmission function 8.4.2 Two-stream approximation 8.5 Thermal equilibrium 8.5.1 Radiative equilibrium in a gray atmosphere 8.5.2 Radiative-convective equilibrium 8.5.3 Radiative heating 8.6 Thermal relaxation 8.7 The greenhouse effect 8.7.1 Feedback in the climate system 8.7.2 Unchecked feedback 8.7.3 Simulation of climate Suggested references Problems 9 Aerosol and cloud 9.1 Morphology of atmospheric aerosol 9.1.1 Continental aerosol 9.1.2 Marine aerosol 9.1.3 Stratospheric aerosol 9.2 Microphysics of cloud 9.2.1 Droplet growth by condensation 9.2.2 Droplet growth by collision 9.2.3 Growth of ice particles 9.3 Macroscopic characteristics of cloud 9.3.1 Formation and classification of cloud 9.3.2 Microphysical properties of cloud 9.3.3 Cloud dissipation 9.3.4 Cumulus detrainment: Influence on the environment 9.4 Radiative transfer in aerosol and cloud 9.4.1 Scattering by molecules and particles 9.4.2 Radiative transfer in a cloudy atmosphere 9.5 Roles of cloud and aerosol in climate 9.5.1 Involvement in the global energy budget 9.5.2 Involvement in chemical processes Suggested references Problems 10 Atmospheric motion 10.1 Description of atmospheric motion 10.2 Kinematics of fluid motion 10.3 The material derivative 10.4 Reynolds'transport theorem 10.5 Conservation of mass 10.6 The momentum budget 10.6.1 Cauchy's Equations of Motion 10.6.2 Momentum equations in a rotating reference frame 1 0.7 The first law of thermodynamics Suggested references Problems 11 Atmospheric equations of motion 11.1 Curvilinear coordinates 11.2 Spherical coordinates 11.2.1 The traditional approximation 11.3 Special forms of motion 11.4 Prevailing balances 11.4.1 Motion-related stratification 11.4.2 Scale analysis 11.5 Thermodynamic coordinates 11.5.1 Isobaric coordinates 11.5.2 Log-pressure coordinates 11.5.3 Isentropic coordinates Suggested references Problems 12 Large-scale motion 12.1 Ceostrophic equilibrium 12.1.1 Motion on an f plane 1 2.2 Vertical shear of the geostrophic wind 12.2.1 Classes of stratification 12.2.2 Thermal wind balance 12.3 Frictional geostrophic motion 1 2.4 Curvilinear motion 12.4.1 Inertial motion 12.4.2 Cyclostrophic motion 12.4.3 Gradient motion 12.5 Weakly divergent motion 12.5.1 Barotropic nondivergent motion 12.5.2 Vorticity budget under baroclinic stratification 12.5.3 Quasi-geostrophic motion Suggested references Problems 13 The planetary boundary layer 13.1 Description of turbulence 13.1.1 Reynolds decomposition 13.1.2 Turbulent diffusion 13.2 Structure of the boundary layer 13.2.1 The Ekman Layer 13.2.2 The surface layer 1 3.3 Influence of stratification 1 3.4 Ekman pumping Suggested references Problems 14 Wave propagation 14.1 Description of wave propagation 14.1.1 Surface water waves 14.1.2 Fourier synthesis 14.1.3 Limiting behavior 14.1.4 Wave dispersion 14.2 Acoustic waves 14.3 Buoyancy waves 14.3.1 Shortwave limit 14.3.2 Propagation of gravity waves in an inhomogeneous medium 14.3.3 The WKB approximation 14.3.4 Method of geometric optics 1 4.4 The Lamb wave 14.5 Rossby waves 14.5.1 Barotropic nondivergent Rossby waves 14.5.2 Rossby wave propagation in three dimensions 14.5.3 Planetary wave propagation in sheared mean flow 14.5.4 Transmission of planetary wave activity 14.6 Wave absorption 14.7 Nonlinear considerations Suggested references Problems 15 The general circulation 15.1 Forms of atmospheric energy 15.1.1 Moist static energy 15.1.2 Total potential energy 15.1.3 Available potential energy 1 5.2 Heat transfer in a zonally symmetric circulation 1 5.3 Heat transfer in a laboratory analogue 1 5.4 Quasi-permanent features 15.4.1 Thermal properties of the Earth's surface 1 5.4.2 Surface pressure and wind systems 1 5.4.3 Tropical circulations 15.5 Fluctuations of the circulation 15.5.1 Interannual changes 15.5.2 Intraseasonal variations Suggested references Problems 16 Dynamic stability 16.1 Inertial instability 16.2 Shear instability 16.2.1 Necessary conditions for instability 16.2.2
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: AWI A6-12-0045
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: - PART I FUNDAMENTAL LAWS. - 1 Preliminaries. - 2 Conservation laws for moving fluids. - PART II COMMON APPROXIMATIONS. - 3 Approximations derived from mode filtering. - 4 Approximations relating to density changes and geometric conditions. - 5 Geostrophic and quasi-geostrophic motions. - PART III OCEAN WAVES. - 6 Sound waves. - 7 Gravity waves. - 8 Long waves. - 9 Lagrangian theory of ocean waves. - 10 Forced waves. - PART IV OCEANIC TURBULENCE AND EDDIES. - 11 Small-scale turbulence. - 12 Geostrophic turbulence. - PART V ASPECTS OF OCEAN CIRCULATION THEORY. - 13 Forcing of the Ocean. - 14 The wind-driven circulation. - 15 The meridional overturning of the oceans. - 16 The circulation of the Southern Ocean. - PART VI APPENDIX. - A Mathematical basics. - B Models of the ocean circulation.
    Description / Table of Contents: Ocean Dynamics is a concise introduction to the fundamentals of fluid mechanics, non-equilibrium thermodynamics and the common approximations for geophysical fluid dynamics and presents a comprehensive approach to large-scale ocean circulation theory. Each of the five parts of the book - fundamental laws, common approximations, ocean waves, oceanic turbulence and eddies, and selected aspects of ocean circulation theory - starts with elementary considerations, blending then classical topics with more advanced developments of fluid mechanics and theoretical oceanography for the respective field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 704 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783642234491
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A13-12-0036
    Description / Table of Contents: The modeling of the past, present, and future climates is of fundamental importance to the issue of climate change and variability. Climate change and climate modeling provides a solid foundation for science students in all disciplines for our current understanding of global warming and important natural climate variations such as El Niño, and lays out the essentials of how climate models are constructed. As issues of climate change and impacts of climate variability become increasingly important, climate scientists must reach out to science students from a range of disciplines. Climate models represent one of our primary tools for predicting and adapting to climate change. An understanding of their strengths and limitations - and of what aspects of climate science are well understood and where quantitative uncertainities arise - can be communicated very effectively to students from a broad range of the sciences. This book will provide a basis for students to make informed decisions concerning climate change, whether they go on to study atmospheric science at a higher level or not. The book has been developed over a number of years form the course that the author teaches at UCLA. It has been extensively class-tested by hundreds of students, and assumes no previous background in atmospheric science except basic calculus and physics.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 282 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 1. published 2011, reprinted 2012
    ISBN: 9780521602433
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Overview of climate variability and climate science. - 1.1 Climate dynamics, climate change and climate prediction. - 1.2 The chemical and physical climate system. - 1.2.1 Chemical and physical aspects of the climate system. - 1.2.2 El Niño and global warming. - 1.3 Climate models: a brief overview. - 1.4 Global change in recent history. - 1.4.1 Trace gas concentrations. - 1.4.2 A word on the ozone hole. - 1.4.3 Some history of global warming studies. - 1.4.4 Global temperatures. - 1.5 El Niño: an example of natural climate variability. - 1.5.1 Some history of El Niño studies. - 1.5.2 Observations of El Niño: the 1997-98 event. - 1.5.3 The first El Niño forecast with a coupled ocean-atmosphere model. - 1.6 Paleoclimate variability. - Notes. - 2. Basics of global climate. - 2.1 Components and phenomena in the climate system. - 2.1.1 Time and space scales. - 2.1.2 Interactions among scales and the parameterization problem. - 2.2 Basics of radiative forcing. - 2.2.1 Blackbody radiation. - 2.2.2 Solar energy input. - 2.3 Globally averaged energy budget: first glance. - 2.4 Gradients of radiative forcing and energy transports. - 2.5 Atmospheric circulation. - 2.5.1 Vertical structure. - 2.5.2 Latitude structure of the circulation. - 2.5.3 Latitude-Iongitude dependence of atmospheric climate features. - 2.6 Ocean circulation. - 2.6.1 Latitude-longitude dependence of oceanic climate features. - 2.6.2 The ocean vertical structure. - 2.6.3 The ocean thermohaline circulation. - 2.7 Land surface proeesses. - 2.8 The carbon cycle. - Notes. - 3. Physical processes in the climate system. - 3.1 Conservation of momentum. - 3.1.1 Coriolis force. - 3.1.2 Pressure gradient force. - 3.1.3 Velocity equations. - 3.1.4 Application: geostrophic wind. - 3.1.5 Pressure-height relation: hydrostatic balance. - 3.1.6 Application: pressure coordinates. - 3.2 Equation of state. - 3.2.1 Equation of state for the atmosphere: ideal gas law. - 3.2.2 Equation of state for the ocean. - 3.2.3 Application: atmospheric height-pressure-temperature relation. - 3.2.4 Application: thermal circulations. - 3.2.5 Application: sea level rise due to oceanic thermal expansion. - 3.3 Temperature equation. - 3.3.1 Ocean temperature equation. - 3.3.2 Temperature equation for air. - 3.3.3 Application: the dry adiabatic lapse rate near the surface. - 3.3.4 Application: decay of a sea surface temperature anomaly. - 3.3.5 Time derivative following the parcel. - 3.4 Continuity equation. - 3.4.1 Oceanic continuity equation. - 3.4.2 Atmospheric continuity equation. - 3.4.3 Application: coastal upwelling. - 3.4.4 Application: equatorial upwelling. - 3.4.5 Application: conservation of warm water mass in an idealized layer above the thermocline. - 3.5 Conservation of mass applied to moisture. - 3.5.1 Moisture equation for the atmosphere and surface. - 3.5.2 Sources and sinks of moisture, and latent heat. - 3.5.3 Application: surface melting on an ice sheet. - 3.5.4 Salinity equation for the ocean. - 3.6 Moist processes. - 3.6.1 Saturation. - 3.6.2 Saturation in convection; lifting condensation level. - 3.6.3 The moist adiabat and lapse rate in convective regions. - 3.6.4 Moist convection. - 3.7 Wave processes in the atmosphere and ocean. - 3.7.1 Gravity waves. - 3.7.2 Kelvin waves. - 3.7.3 Rossby waves. - 3.8 Overview. - Notes. - 4. El Niño and year-to-year climate prediction. - 4.1 Recap of El Niño basics. - 4.1.1 The Bjerknes hypothesis. - 4.2 Tropical Pacific climatology. - 4.3 ENSO mechanisms I: extreme phases. - 4.4 Pressure gradients in an idealized upper layer. - 4.4.1 Subsurface temperature anomalies in an idealized upper layer. - 4.5 Transition into the 1997-98 El Niño. - 4.5.1 Subsurface temperature measurements. - 4.5.2 Subsurface temperature anomalies during the onset of El Niño. - 4.5.3 Subsurface temperature anomalies during the transition to La Niña. - 4.6 El Niño mechanisms II: dynamics of transition phases. - 4.6.1 Equatorial jets and the Kelvin wave. - 4.6.2 The Kelvin wave speed. - 4.6.3 What sets the width of the Kelvin wave and equatorial jet?. - 4.6.4 Response of the ocean to a wind anomaly. - 4.6.5 The delayed oscillator model and the recharge oscillator model. - 4.6.6 ENSO transition mechanism in brief. - 4.7 El Niño prediction. - 4.7.1 Limits to skill in ENSO forecasts. - 4.8 El Niño remote impacts: teleconnections. - 4.9 Other interannual climate phenomena. - 4.9.1 Hurricane season forecasts. - 4.9.2 Sahel drought. - 4.9.3 North Atlantic oscillation and annular modes. - Notes. - 5. Climate models. - 5.1 Constructing a climate model. - 5.1.1 An atmospheric model. - 5.1.2 Treatment of sub-grid-scale processes. - 5.1.3 Resolution and computational cost. - 5.1.4 An ocean model and ocean-atmosphere coupling. - 5.1.5 Land surface, snow, ice and vegetation. - 5.1.6 Summary of principal climate model equations. - 5.1.7 Climate system modeling. - 5.2 Numerical representation of atmospheric and oceanic equations. - 5.2.1 Finite-difference versus spectral models. - 5.2.2 Time-stepping and numerical stability. - 5.2.3 Staggered grids and other grids. - 5.2.4 Parallel computer architecture. - 5.3 Parameterization of small-scale processes. - 5.3.1 Mixing and surface fluxes. - 5.3.2 Dry convection. - 5.3.3 Moist convection. - 5.3.4 Land surface processes and soil moisture. - 5.3.5 Sea ice and snow. - 5.4 The hierarchy of climate models. - 5.5 Climate simulations and climate drift. - 5.6 Evaluation of climate model simulations for present-day climate. - 5.6.1 Atmospheric model climatology from specified SST. - 5.6.2 Climate model simulation of climatology. - 5.6.3 Simulation of ENSO response. - Notes. - 6. The greenhouse effect and climate feedbacks. - 6.1 The greenhouse effect in Earth's current climate. - 6.1.1 Global energy balance. - 6.1.2 A global-average energy balance model with a one-layer atmosphere. - 6.1.3 Infrared emissions from a layer. - 6.1.4 The greenhouse effect: example with a completely IR-absorbing atmosphere. - 6.1.5 The greenhouse effect in a one-layer atmosphere, global-average model. - 6.1.6 Temperatures from the one-layer energy balance model. - 6.2 Global warming I: example in the global-average energy balance model. - 6.2.1 Increases in the basic greenhouse effect. - 6.2.2 Climate feedback parameter in the one-layer global-average model. - 6.3 Climate feedbacks. - 6.3.1 Climate feedback parameter. - 6.3.2 Contributions of climate feedbacks to global-average temperature response. - 6.3.3 Climate sensitivity. - 6.4 The water vapor feedback. - 6.5 Snow/ice feedback. - 6.6 Cloud feedbacks. - 6.7 Other feedbacks in the physical climate system. - 6.7.1 Stratospheric cooling. - 6.7.2 Lapse rate feedback. - 6.8 Climate response time in transient climate change. - 6.8.1 Transient climate change versus equilibrium response experiments. - 6.8.2 A doubled-CO2 equilibrium response experiment. - 6.8.3 The role of the oceans in slowing warming. - 6.8.4 Climate sensitivity in transient climate change. - Notes. - 7. Climate model scenarios for global warming. - 7.1 Greenhouse gases, aerosols and other climate forcings. - 7.1.1 Scenarios, forcings and feedbacks. - 7.1.2 Forcing by sulfate aerosols. - 7.1.3 Commonly used scenarios. - 7.2 Global-average response to greenhouse warming scenarios. - 7.3 Spatial patterns of warming for time-dependent scenarios. - 7.3.1 Comparing projections of different climate models. - 7.3.2 Multi-model ensemble averages. - 7.3.3 Polar amplification of warming. - 7.3.4 Summary of spatial patterns of the response. - 7.4 Ice, sea level, extreme events. - 7.4.1 Sea ice and snow. - 7.4.2 Land ice. - 7.4.3 Extreme events. - 7.5 Summary: the best-estimate prognosis. - 7.6 Climate change observed to date. - 7.6.1 Temperature trends and natural variability: scale dependence. - 7.6.2 Is the observed trend consistent with natural variability or anthropogenic forcing?. - 7.6.3 Sea ice, land ice, ocean heat storage and sea level rise. - 7.7 Emissions
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: AWI G5-12-0041
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, Volume 5
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, Volume 5
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 745 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789400727441 , 978-94-007-2744-1
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: PART I INTRODUCTION, NUMERICAL OVERVIEW, AND DATA-SETS. - 1 The march towards the quantitative analysis of palaeolimnological data. - 2 Overview of numerical metods in Palaeolimnology. - 3 Data-Sets. - PART II NUMERICAL METHODS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF MODERN AND STRATIGRAPHICAL PALAEOLIMNOLOGICAL DATA. - 4 Introduction and overview Part II. - 5 Exploratory data analysis and data display. - Assessment of uncertainities associated with Palaeolimnological laboratory methods and microfossil analysis. - 7 Clustering and partitioning. - 8 From Classical to canonical ordination. - 9 Statistical learning in Palaeolimnology. - PART III NUMERICAL METHODS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF STRATIGRAPHICAL PALAEOLIMNOLOGICAL DATA. - 10 Introduction and overview of Part III. - 11 Analysis of stratigraphical data. - 12 Estimation of age-depth relationships. - 13 Core correlation. - 14 Quantitative environmental reconstructions from biological data. - 15 Analogue methods in Palaeolimnology. - 16 Autocorrelogram and Periodogram analysis of palaeolimnological temporal-series from lakes in Central and Western North America to assess shifts in drought conditions. - PART IV CASE STUDIES AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS IN QUANTITATIVE PALAEOLIMNOLOGY. - 17 Introduction and overview of Part IV. - 18 Limnological responses to environmental changes at Inter-annual to decadal time-scales. - 19 Human impacts: applications of numerical methods to evaluate surface-water acidification and eutrophication. - 20 Tracking Holocene climatic change with aquatic biota from lake sediments: case studies of commonly used numerical techniques. - 21 Conclusions and future challenges. - Glossary. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: AWI G5-12-0074
    Description / Table of Contents: The reconstruction of past environmental conditions is a fascinating research area that attracts the interest of many individuals in various geological disciplines. Paleoenvironmental reconstruction studies can shed light on the understanding of past climates and are a key to the prediction of future climate changes and their consequences. These studies take on special significance when focused on areas sensitive to climate change. The Arctic region, which is experiencing dramatic changes today in its peatlands and in its ocean, is prime example. The entire region plays a major role in global climate changes and has recently received considerable interest because of the potential feedbacks to climate change and its importance in the global carbon cycle. For a better understanding of the role of Arctic peatlands and the Arctic Ocean to global climate changes, more records of past conditions and changes in the region are needed. This work applies different geochemical proxies, with special emphasis on lipid biomarkers, to the study of a permafrost peat deposit collected from the Eastern European Russian Arctic and a marine core retrieved from the Lomonosov Ridge in the central Arctic Ocean. The results reported of this study show that molecular stratigraphy obtained from the analysis of lipid biomarkers in both peat and marine profiles, combined with other environmental proxies, can contribute significantly to the study of Arctic ecosystems of the past. Note: At the time of the doctoral defense, the following papers were unpublished and had a status as follows: Paper 2: Manuscript. Paper 3: Manuscript. Paper 4: Manuscript.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: Getr. Zählung
    ISBN: 9789174473827
    Series Statement: Dissertation from the Department of Geological Sciences 347
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Calgary] : Univ. of Calgary Press
    Call number: AWI P5-12-0085
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents: Preface. - Foreword. - INTRODUCTION. - Yukon's Arctic island. - The Herschel Family. - Place names. - LAND AND WATER. - Physical setting. - Geology. - Climate. - Ocean water and sea ice. - Ice Age. - Permafrost. - Coastal environment. - FLORA AND FAUNA. - Vegetation. - Insects and spiders. - Butterflies. - Birds. - Birds of prey. - Small mammals. - Caribou and Muskoxen. - Small Carnivores. - Grizzly Bears. - Polar Bears. - Marine mammals. - Fishes. - PEOPLE AND CULTURE. - Inuvialuit Archaeology. - Inuvialuit Ancestors. - Whaling. - Missionaries. - Fur traders. - Police. - Scientists and explorers. - CONSERVATION AND GOVERNANCE. - Buildings. - Park history. - Inuvialuit Final Agreement and Co-management. - IN CONCLUSION. - A final word. - About the authors. - Sources and further reading. - Index
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 242 S.: Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9780988000919
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Oxford : Oxford University Press
    Call number: AWI P6-12-0058
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: 1 Defining the Antarctic. - 2 Discovering the Antarctic. - 3 Claiming and negotiating the Antarctic. - 4 Governing the Antarctic. - 5 Doing Antarctic science. - 6 Exploiting and protecting the Antarctic.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Antarctic is one the most hostile natural environments in the world. It is an extraordinary physical space, which changes significantly in shape and size with the passing of the seasons. Politically, it is unique as it contains one of the few areas of continental space not claimed by any nation-state. Scientifically, the continental ice sheet has provided us with vital evidence about the Earth's past climate. In this Very Short Introduction, Klaus Dodds provides a modern account of Antarctica, highlighting the main issues facing the continent today. Looking at how the Antarctic has been explored and represented in the last hundred years, Dodds considers the main exploratory and scientific achievements of the region. He explains how processes such as globalization mean that the Antarctic is increasingly involved in a wider circuit of ideas, goods, people, trade, and governance - all of which have an impact on the future of the region.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 141 S.
    Edition: 1st. ed.
    ISBN: 9780199697687
    Series Statement: Very short introductions 323
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: ZSP-403-320
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 112 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 320 : Seismology 45
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Call number: AWI G2-12-0060
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 50 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Tokyo : National Institute of Polar Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-403-324
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 124 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 324 : Seismology 46
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: A14-13-0041(1-3)
    In: Special publications
    Pages: In 3 Bd.
    ISBN: 9789292214227
    Series Statement: Special publications / European Space Agency 1324
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Aarhus : DCE - Danish Centre for Enviroment and Energy, Aarhus University
    Call number: M 14.0154 ; AWI P5-14-0039
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 192 S. : überw. farb. Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 1st ed.
    ISBN: 9788792825582
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
  • 100
    Call number: AWI G6-15-0043
    Description / Table of Contents: Cosmogenic radionuclides are radioactive isotopes which are produced by natural processes and distributed across the earth. Utilizing a holistic approach to the environment, the authors show how cosmogenic radionuclides can be used to trace and to reconstruct the history of a large variety of processes. They discuss the ways in which cosmogenic radionuclides can assist in the quantification of complex processes in the present-day environment. The book aims to demonstrate to the reader the strength of analytic tools based on cosmogenic radionuclides, their contribution to almost any field of modern natural science, and how these tools may assist in the solution of many present and future problems that we face here on earth. The book provides a comprehensive discussion of the basic principles behind the applications of cosmogenic (and other) radionuclides as environmental tracers and dating tools. Following the introduction, the second part of the book provides basic information on the origin, properties, and time variability of cosmic radiation, and the concepts, terminology and formulate that will be used in the later chapters. The third part discusses in detail the production of radionuclides by cosmic radiation, their transport and distribution in the atmosphere and the hydrosphere, their storage in natural archives, and how they are measured. The fourth part of the book presents a number of examples selected to illustrate typical tracer and dating applications in a number of different contexts (atmosphere, hydrosphere, geosphere, biosphere, solar physics and astronomy). At the same time the authors outline the limitations of the use of cosmogenic radionuclides. Written on a level accessible to graduate students without specialist skills in physics or mathematics, the book addresses a wide audience, ranging from archaeology, biophysics, and geophysics, to atmospheric physics, hydrology, astrophysics and space science.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 426 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783642146503
    Series Statement: Physics of earth and space environments
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Part 1 Introduction. - 1 Motivation. - 2 Goals. - Reference. - 3 Setting the Stage and Outline. - Part 2 Cosmic Radiation. - 4 Introduction to Cosmic Radiation. - 5 The Cosmic Radiation Near Earth. - 5.1 Introduction and History of Cosmic Ray Research. - 5.2 The "Rosetta Stone" of Paleocosmic Ray Studies. - 5.3 Some Important Definitions. - 5.4 The Origin and Properties of the Galactic Cosmic Radiation. - 5.5 Our Variable Sun. - 5.6 The Heliosphere, the Termination Shock, and the Current Sheet. - 5.7 Modulation of the Cosmic Radiation in the Heliosphere. - 5.7.1 The Cosmic Ray Propagation Equation. - 5.7.2 The Local Interstellar Spectrum. - 5.7.3 The Cosmic Ray Modulation Function and Potential. - 5.7.4 Practical Applications of the Modulation Function. - 5.7.5 Drift Effects (qA Positive and qA Negative Effects). - 5.7.6 Shock Wave Effects (The Forbush Decrease and GMIRs). - 5.8 Geomagnetic Field Effects. - 5.8.1 The Properties of the Geomagnetic Field. - 5.8.2 The Geomagnetic Cut-off Rigidity. - 5.8.3 The Earth's Magnetosphere and the Polar Aurora. - References. - 6 Instrumental Measurements of the Cosmic Radiation. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Ionization Chambers and Muon Telescopes. - 6.3 The IGY and IQSY Neutron Monitors, and Spaceship Earth. - 6.4 Satellite Borne Detectors. - 6.5 Latitude Effects and the Yield Functions. - 6.6 Inter-calibration of the Different Cosmic Ray Records. - 6.7 Cosmic Ray Archives. - References. - 7 Time Variations of the Cosmic Radiation. - 7.1 Introduction and Atmospheric Effects. - 7.2 The Eleven-and Twenty-Two-Year Variations. - 7.3 The Long-term Variations. - 7.4 Forbush Decreases, Globally Merged Interaction Regions and Some Smaller Effects. - References. - 8 The Solar Cosmic Radiation. - 8.1 Historical Overview. - 8.2 The Observed Production of Cosmic Rays by the Sun. - 8.2.1Ground Level Events. - 8.2.2 SEP Events Observed by Satellites. - 8.2.3 Paleo-Cosmic Ray Measurements of SEP Events. - 8.3 Overall Characteristics of the Solar Cosmic Radiation. - 8.3.1 The Energy Spectra. - 8.3.2 The Effect of Longitude Relative to the Central Solar Meridian. - 8.3.3 The Frequency of Occurrence, and the Detection of Historic SEP Events. - References. - Part 3 Cosmogenic Radionuclides. - 9 Introduction to Cosmogenic Radionuclides. - 10 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in the Atmosphere. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Interaction of Primary Cosmic Rays with the Atmosphere. - 10.2.1 Production of Secondary Particles. - 10.2.2 Ionization and Excitation Processes. - 10.2.3 Simulated Atmospheric Proton and Neutron Fluxes. - 10.3 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in the Atmosphere. - 10.3.1 Early Production Models. - 10.3.2 Production Cross-Sections. - 10.3.3 Production Rates and Inventories. - 10.4 Production Results and Analytical Tools. - References. - 11 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in Other Environmental Systems. - 11.1 Introduction. - 11.2 Terrestrial Solid Matter (Rocks, Ice). - 11.2.1 36Cl Production in Limestone and Dolomite. - 11.2.2 10Be and 14C Production in Ice. - 11.3 Extraterrestrial Solid Matter. - References. - 12 Alternative Production Mechanisms. - 12.1 Introduction. - 12.2 Natural Production Mechanisms. - 12.2.1 Cosmic Ray Induced Reactions. - 12.2.2 Radioactive Decay-Induced Reactions. - 12.3 Anthropogenic Production Mechanisms. - 12.3.1 Nuclear Power Plant and Nuclear Bomb-Induced Reactions. - 12.3.2 Research, Industrial, and Medical Induced Reactions. - References. - 13 Transport and Deposition. - 13.1 Introduction. - 13.2 Basics of the Atmosphere. - 13.3 Removal or Scavenging Processes. - 13.3.1 Wet Deposition. - 13.3.2 Dry Deposition. - 13.3.3 Gravitational Settling. - 13.3.4 The Big Picture. - 13.4 Modelling the Atmospheric Transport. - 13.4.1 Summary. - 13.5 Geochemical Cycles. - 13.5.1 Introduction. - 13.5.2 The Beryllium Cycle. - 13.5.3 Carbon Cycle. - 13.5.4 The Chlorine Cycle. - 13.5.5 The Iodine Cycle. - References. - 14 Archives. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Intrinsic Properties of the Cosmogenic Radionuclide Archives. - 14.3 Time Scales. - 14.4 Examples of Archives. - 14.5 Proxies and Surrogates. - 14.6 Properties of Data in the Cosmogenic Archives. - 14.6.1 Sampling Effects. - 14.6.2 Transfer Functions. - 14.7 Modelled Transfer Functions. - 14.7.1 10Be and 7Be in the Atmosphere. - 14.7.2 10Be and 26Al in Deep-Sea Sediments. - References. - 15 Detection. - 15.1 Introduction. - 15.2 Low-Level Decay Counting. - 15.3 Accelerator Mass Spectrometry. - 15.4 Decay Versus Atom Counting. - 15.5 Other Techniques, Optical Methods. - 15.5.1 Final Remarks. - References. - Part 4 Applications. - 16 Introduction to Applications. - 17 Solar Physics. - 17.1 Introduction. - 17.2 Solar Periodicities and the "Grand Minima" in the Cosmogenic Radionuclide Record. - 17.2.1 Solar Periodicities: Time Domain Studies. - 17.2.2 Solar Periodicities: Frequency Domain Studies. - 17.3 Cosmic Rayand Solar Effects in the Past. - 17.3.1 The Past Millennium. - 17.3.2 The Past 10,000 Years (the "Holocene"). - 17.3.3 The Long Solar Minimum of 2007-2009. - 17.4 The Heliomagnetic Field Throughout the Past 10,000 Years. - 17.5 Solar Irradiance and Terrestrial Climate. - 17.6 Radiation Doses on Earth and in Space in the Future. - 17.7 Quantitative Measures of Solar Activity for the Past. - 17.7.1 Reconstructed Sunspot Numbers. - 17.7.2 Modulation Function. - References. - 18 Galactic Astronomy. - 18.1 Introduction. - 18.2 Galactic Structure. - 18.3 Individual Supernova. - References. - 19 Atmosphere. - 19.1 Introduction. - 19.2 Studies of Atmospheric Mixing. - 19.3 36Cl Bomb Pulse as a Tracer of Atmospheric Transport. - 19.4 Concentrations and Fluxes. - References. - 20 Hydrosphere. - 20.1 Introduction. - 20.2 Tritium. - 20.3 Carbon-14. - 20.4 Krypton-81. - 20.5 Chlorine-36. - 20.6 Beryllium-7 to Beryllium-10 Ratio. - References. - 21 Geosphere. - 21.1 Introduction. - 21.2 Geomagnetic Field Intensity. - 21.3 Transport of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in Geological Systems. - 21.3.1 Introduction. - 21.3.2 Migration in Ice. - 21.3.3 Transport in Soils. - 21.3.4 Transport in Rocks. - 21.3.5 Formation of Loess Plateaus. - 21.3.6 Subduction. - References. - 22 Biosphere. - 22.1 Introduction. - 22.2 Radiocarbon Applications. - 22.3 Chlorine-36 in Ecosystems. - 22.4 Iodine-129. - 22.5 Aluminium-26. - References. - 23 Dating. - 23.1 Introduction. - 23.2 Absolute Dating. - 23.2.1 Principle of Radiocarbon Dating. - 23.2.2 Exposure Dating. - 23.2.3 10Be/36Cl- and 7Be/10Be-Dating. - 23.3 Synchronization of Records. - 23.3.1 10Be or 36Cl with 14C During the Holocene. - 23.3.2 The Use of Time Markers. - References. - Glossary. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...